HomeMy WebLinkAboutBEAMS CONTRACTING MORGAN ROAD PROJECT 10810
-1
..
.'
FIRST ADDENDUM TO CONTRACT
BY AND BETWEEN BEAM'S CONTRACTING, INC.
AND AUGUSTA, GEORGIA
PROJECT 10810 MORGAN ROAD PUMP ST A nON IMPROVEMENTS
THIS ADDENDUM AGREEMENT made this 4 th day of May in
the year 2007, by and between Beam's Contracting, Inc., a Corporation, Partnership or Sole
Proprietorship existing under the laws of the State of Georgia, hereinafter called the
"Contractor," and Augusta, Georgia, By and through the Augusta Utilities Department, herein
called the "Owner."
1.
Counsel for Augusta have endeavored to delete all references to race and gender based
preferences from the main contract dated January, 2007 for the Morgan Road pump station
improvements and by so marking said references. The following DBE references were deleted
under authority of the Order of the Federal Court in Thompson Building Wrecking Co., Inc. v.
Augusta, Georgia 1:
Page B-2
~IB10 and IB11
Invitation to Bid
Sealed Bid Selection
17-18
2.
If any references to gender and/or race based preferences yet remain in the contract have
inadvertently remained unmarked, the same are deemed deleted from this contract. Provided
however, contractor shall have the opportunity to prove any such race and gender preferences
reflect federal law.
3.
In the event of a conflict between the terms of this agreement dated January, 2007 and
this First Addendum thereto; the provisions of this shall control.
1 Robert Mullins, Plaintiffs counsel in the Thompson cases, concurs with this approach.
AUGUSTA, GEORGIA
9'0 ny: JL~. ~
~ As its Mayor .
BEAM'S CONTRACTING, INC.
BY: ~.~~cg~
,
.-. ~
ADDENDUM NO. 1
TO
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
FOR
PROJECT 10810, MORGAN ROAD PUMP STATION IMPROVEMENTS
AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT
JANUARY 2007
ZIMMERMAN, EVANS AND LEOPOLD, INC., CONSULTING ENGINEERS - January 9, 2007
SPECIFICATION:
SECTION T14 PUMPING EQUIPMENT:
Page T14-2: Last paragraph - Pumps:
CHANGE: Goulds 3410, 8" X 6" X 14'" TO Goulds 3410, 8" X 6" X
17"
Page T14-3: CHANGE: Table under Pump Capacities to read as follows:
Capacity (gpm)
Shut Off
1300
1800
TDH (feet)
290
265
225
Minimum Efficiency (%)
75
75
EACH BIDDER IS REQUESTED TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 BY
ATTACHING THIS COPY TO THE FRONT FLYLEAF OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND
NOTING RECEIPT OF SAME ON PAGE B-1 OF THE BID.
END OF ADDENDUM NO. 1
ZEL PROJECT *0603-00
ADDENDUM NO 1. doc
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.1
I
I
I
AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT
PROJECT 10810
MORGAN ROAD PUMP
STATION IMPROVEMENTS
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
January 2007
Project 0603-00
PREPARED BY
EEL
PIIO~(706)724-5627
ZIMMERMAN, EVANS AND LEOPOLD, INC.
435 TELFAIR ST.
AUGUSTA, GEORGIA
ENGINEERS
ADDENDA
INDEX
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
BID SCHEDULE
PROPOSAL
BID BOND
NOTICE OF AWARD
AGREEMENT
PAYMENT BOND
PERFORMANCE BOND
NOTICE TO PROCEED
CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER
GENERAL CONDITIONS
SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION
I
TI
T2
T3
T4
T5
T6
T7
T9
T14
TI6
T17
TI9
T22
I
I
I
I
TITLE
Site Work
Excavation, Filling and Backfilling
Concrete
Masonry
Structural Steel & Miscellaneous Metal
Plant and Yard Piping
Valves and Hydrants
Painting and Finishing
Pumping Equipment
Electrical
Instrumentation and Control Equipment
Grassing
Equipment Erection
LIST OF DRAWINGS
COVER SHEET
CI
C2
MI
M2
M3
M4
M5
M6
EI
E2
I
I
I
I
I
I
LOCATION MAP AND DRAWING LIST
SOIL EROSION CONTROL PLAN
SOIL EROSION CONTROL DETAILS
YARD PIPING PLAN
VALVE PITS. - PLANS AND SECTIONS
YARD PIPING PLAN DETAIL
EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DEMOLITION PLAN
MECHANICAL PLAN AND SECTIONS
MECHANICAL DETAILS
ELECTRICAL PLAN, NOTES, LEGEND AND PANEL SCHEDULE
VALVE PITS ELECTRICAL PLANS
ELECTRICAL RACK DETAIL
ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN
E3
0603-00 IND. <I<>c
IND-l
'ZEL, ENGINEERS,
I
SECTION !ND
INDEX
I
SECTION IB
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS
I
IB-Ol GENERAL
I
All proposals must be presented in a sealed envelope, addressed to the OWNER. The proposal must be
filed with the OWNER on or before the time stated in the invitation for bids. Mailed proposals will be
treated in every respect as though filed in person and will be subject to the same requirements.
I
Proposals received subsequent to the time stated will be returned unopened. Prior to the time stated any
proposal may be withdrawn at the discretion of the bidder, but no proposal may be withdrawn for a
period of sixty (60) days after bids have been opened, pending the execution of contract with the
successful bidder.
I
IB-02 EXAMINATION OF WORK
I
Each bidder shall, by careful examination, satisfy himself as to the nature and location of the work; the
conformation of the ground; the character, quality and quantity of the facilities needed preliminary to
and during the prosecution of the work; the general and local conditions; and all other matters which
can in any way affect the work or the cost thereof under the contract. No oral agreement or conversation
with any officer, agent, or employee of the OWNER, either before or after the execution of the contract,
shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations therein. .
I
I
IB-03 ADDENDA AND INTERPRETATIONS
I
No interpretation of the meaning of plans, specifications or other pre-bid documents will be made to any
bidder orally.'.
I
Every request for such interpretation should be in writing addressed to Geri A. Sams,
Director of Purchasing; Purchasing Department; Room 605; 530 Greene Street; Augusta, GA 30911 and
to be given consideration must be received at least ten days prior to the date fixed for the opening of
bids. Any and all such interpretations and any supplemental instructions will be in the form of written
addenda to the specifications which, if issued, will be sent by facsimile or U.s. mail to all prospective
bidders (at the respective addresses furnished for such purposes), not later than five days prior to the
date fixed for the opening of bids. Failure of any bidder to receive any such addendum or interpretation
shall not relieve such bidder from any obligation under his bid as submitted. All addenda so issued
shall become part of the Contract Documents.
I
I
IB-04 PREP ARA nON OF BIDS
I
Bids shall be submitted on the forms provided and must be signed by the bidder or his authorized
representative. Any corrections to entries made on bid forms should be initialed by the person signing
the bid.
I
Bidders must quote on all items appearing on the bid forms, unless specific directions in the
advertisement, on the bid form, or in the special specifications allow for partial bids. Failure to quote on
all items may disqualify the bid. When quotations on all items are not required, bidders shall insert the
words "no bid" where appropriate.
I
A1t~rnative bids will not be considered unless specifically called for.
Telegraphic bids will not be considered. Modifications to bids already submitted will be allowed if
submitted by telegraph prior to the time fixed in the Invitation for Bids. Modifications shall be
submitted as such, and shall not reveal the total amount of either the original or revised bids.
I
I
Bids by wholly owned' proprietorships or partnerships will be signed by all OWNERs. Bids of
corporations will be signed by an officer of the firm and his signature attested by the secretary thereof
who will affix the corporate seal to the proposal.
I
18-1
I
I
NOTE: A 10% Bid Bond is required in all cases.
I
IB-05 BASIS OF AWARD
I
The bids will be compared on the basis of unit prices, as extended, which will include and cover the
furnishing of all material and the performance of all labor requisite or proper, and completing of all the
work called for under the accompanying contract, and in the manner set forth and described in the
specifications.
1-
Where estimated quantities are included in certain items of the proposal, they are for the purpose of
comparing bids. While they are believed to be close approximations, they are not guaranteed. It is the
responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to check all items of construction. In case of error in extension of
prices in a proposal, unit bid prices shall govern.
I
IB-06 BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS
I
No proposal will be received from any bidder unless he can present satisfactory evidence that he is
skilled in work of a similar nature to that covered by the contract and has suffident assets to meet all
obligations to be incurred in carrying out the work. He shall submit with his proposal, sealed in a
separate envelope, a FINANCIAL EXPERIENCE AND EQUIPMENT STATEMENT, giving reliable
information as to working capital available, plant equipment, and his experience and general
qualifications. The OWNER may make such investigations as are deemed necessary to determine the
ability of the bidder to perform the work, and the bidder shall furnish to him all such additional
information and data for this purpose as may be requested. The OWNER reserves the right to reject any .
bid if the evidence submitted by the bidder or investigation of him fails to satisfy the OWNER that such
bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the contract and to complete the work
contemplated therein. Part of the evidence required above shall consist of a list of the names and
addresses of not less than five (5) firms or corporations for which the bidder has done similar work.
I
I
I
IB-07 PERFORMANCE BOND
I
At the time of entering into the contract, the CONTRACTOR shall give bond to the OWNER for the use
of the OWNER and all persons doing work or furnishing skill, tools, machinery or materials under or for
the purpose of such contract, conditional for the payment as they become due, of all just claims for such
work, tools, machinery, skill and terms, for saving the OWNER hamuess from all cost and charges that
may accrue on account of the doing of the work specified, and for compliance with the laws pertaining
thereto. Said bond shall be for the amount of the contract satisfactory to the OWNER and authorized by
law to do business in the State of Georgia.
I
1
I
Attorneys-in-fact who sign bonds must file with each copy thereof a certified and effectively dated copy
of the Power of attorney.
IB-08 REJECTION OF BIDS
1
These proposals are sought in good faith, and awards will be made as soon as practicable, provided
satisfactory bids are received. The right is reserved, however, to waive any informalities in bidding, to
reject any and all proposals, or to accept a bid other than the lowest submitted if such action is deemed
to be in the best interest of the OWNER.
I
IB-09 PROGRAM MANAGER
1
CH2M HILL is the Program Manager for the project described herein; address is 360 Bay Street, Suite
100, Augusta, GA 30901
I
I
18-2
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION P
PROPOSAL
. "
DAT~:~&.AIJA.ry ~~~) 2.00?
Gentlemen:
\. (~. .... :
In compliance with you invitation for bids, the undersigned hereby proposes to furnish all labor,
equipment and materials, and perform all work for the project referred to herein as:
PROTECT 10810
-FORI b-UJ.<.uON -19" WXfL:R }..t'i.IN L,{J()6
" .' .~M.I ~ ~ST.lTt)lJ~~~
In strict accordance with the Contract Documents and in consideration of the amounts shown on the bid
schedule attached hereto and totaling:
Fou.... J..1LJ....J.r"~ ~:.,Uy s..;)t'TJ...L>usa-.d -rJ..,.,plP J4uAdr~
and :z.. . , /100 dollars ($. ~U-/61'Y":l.OO ).
The undersigned hereby agrees that, upon written acceptance of this bid, he will within 10 days
of receipt of such notice execute a formal contract agreement with the Owner, and that he will provide
the bond or guarantees required by the contract documents.
The undersigned hereby agrees that, if awarded the contract, he will commence the work within
Ten (10) calendar days after the date of written notice to proceed, and that he will complete the work
within One Hundred (100) calendar days after the date of such notice.
The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the following addenda:
Addendum No. Addendum Date
r
'# I) TI.....~ 122./0?
Enclosed is a bid guarantee consisting of j~ ~:..1 ~
amount of FLJd~~~9-'-~7Jvu..c:.. ~ dS:X J..I.u.J~7i;,.f7 r4P1s
in the
~.lf~..un.o~
Respectfully Submitted,
'K t:~S t'....oAIT2..AJ!..-rr /oJ rs) -:L<IL.
Firm
., ~~ C,A-lilIM.;t!. P...d.~~-~ :I:sLL-J,ISc. .2.98VZ-
Address
BY:
/;,~ ~ e( ~3 f ct.~
3
fMi JLd, J-
TITLE:
I,
I
-
SECTION PB
PAYMENT BOND
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in ~ (number of
copies) counterparts, each one which shall be deemed an original, this the
day of
(SEAL)
Countersigned b~~ ~.~~
J[l;hn'R. Walker
Georgia Resident Agent
Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Contract.
If Contractor is Partnership, all partners should execute bond.
r
r
re.J / 12<--v--
I'
(SEAL)
'~~'1'h
_T~tcipal
~=D~GEORGIA
dMlt 26, 2009
ATTEST:
(Surety) Secretary
~~t7J2~
P.O_,- Box 21627
Columbia, SC 29221
(Address)
NOTE:
Beam's Contracting, Inc.
Principal
By:
/; !tR-<zs$e~
~
2335 Atomic Road
Beech Island, SC 29842
(Address)
Great American Insurance Company
4~~_:~red ~Mj;; ~
. Attorney-in-Fact
P.O. Box 21627
(Address)
Columbia, SC 29221
IMPORTANT: Surety companies executing bonds must appear on the Treasury
Department's most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to
transact business in the State where the project is located.
0603-00 PB.doc
PB-2
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
BID SCHEDULE
TO ACCOMPANY THE PROPOSAL OF
BIDDER:
~ r 1J.AJ"fP.ALTt'" ~ .:u'VC-
. I
.; .' t ~J
2...~~~ A+1:l')U t"~
;
ADDRESS:
l;,,o-,,,,.d T_c.J~I.sc.. 2.,.s~z.
ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION Quantity Unit Unit Cost AMOUNT I
i
'totci(ProleCt I Lump ~~~oo ~ ~$,'-" 3Oa. Ol::)
1 . ..-" I "t- t .. 'S'Uni'"
-
'. ~
.. . , ..
Grand Tota~
~ 4~300.o0 I
'. "".
,-_:.
.. " ,1 . ~
.~ ~ ~ ~ ~.'... ...
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
(])avis-qarvin }fgency, I ne.
AlA DocumentA310
Bid Bond
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we Beam's Contracting, Inc.
as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and Great American Insurance Company
a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Ohio
as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Augusta-Richmond County, Georgia
as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of
Ten PerCent (10%) Dollars ( ),
for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind
ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these
presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for Morgan Road Pump Station Improvements
NOW, THEREFORE, of the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into
a Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may
be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful
performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution
thereof, or in the event of the failure of the principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if
the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount
specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another
party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to
remain in full force and effect.
Signed and sealed this
30th_ day of _January
. 2007.
(P1...:n.. 0."... _ H.~"",~"t'/..-. -k!:nr:-
(Witness)
Beam's Contracting, Inc.
(Principal) (Seal)
By: b~<-o~~,=)~: ~~
~^~
Great American Insurance Company
(Surety) (Seal)
By ~~lj~ ~
Attorney in Fact
AlA Document A310. Bid Bond' AlA' February 1790 ED . The American
Institute of Architects, 1735 NY Ave., NW, Washington, DC 20006
I
I
GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY@
Administrative Office: 580 WALNUT STREET . CINCINNATI, OHIO 45202 . 513-369-5000 · FAX 513-723-2740
I
The number of persons authorized by
this power of attorney is not more than
THREE
No.O 17456
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY. a corporation organized and existing
I under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Ohio. does hereby nominate. constitute and appoint the person or persons named below its true and lawful attorney-
in-fact. for it and in its name. place and stead to execute iri behalf of the said Company. as surety, any and all bonds. undertakings and contracts of suretyship. or
other written obligations in the nature thereof: provided that the liability of the said Company on any such bond. undertaking or contract of suretyship executed
under this authority shall not exceed the limit stated below.
II Name
BARBARA H. REGISTER
I HERBERT L. DECUERS
JOHN R. WALKER
Address
COLUMBIA, SOUTH CAROLINA
COLUMBIA, SOUTH CAROLINA
MACON, GEORGIA
Limit of Power
ALL
UNLIMITED
I
This Power of Attorney revokes all previous powers issued in behalf of the attorney(s)-in-fact named above.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed and attested by its appropriate
officers and its corporate seal hereunto affixed this 20TH day of APRIL , 2005
Attest GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
I
I
I
STATE OF OHIO. COUNTY OF HAMILTON _ ss: DAVID C. KITCHIN (513-412-4602)
On this 20TH. day of APRIL, 2005 . before me personally appeared DAVID C. KITCHIN. to me known. being
duly sworn. deposes and says that he resides in Cincinnati, Ohio. that he is the Divisional Senior Vice President of the Bond Division of Great American
Insurance Company, the Company described in and which executed the above instrument: that he knows the seal of the said Company: that the seal affixed to
the said instrument is such corporate seal: that it was so affixed by authority of his office under the By-Laws of said Company. and that he signed his name
thereto by like authority.
I
I
I
This Power of Attorney is granted by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Great American Insurance Company
by unanimous written consent dated March I. 1993.
I
RESOLVED: That the Division Presidellt, the several DivisiO/l Wee Presidems and Assistant Vice Presidellts. or anyone of them. be and hereby is
authorized. from time to time. to appoint one or more Arrorneys-in-Fact to execute (In behalf (}f the Company. as surety. any and all bonds, undertakings and
COlITracts ofsureryship, or other writTen obligations in the nature thereof; to prescribe their respective duties and the respeCTive limits of Their aurhority; and to
revoke mlY such appoimment at any Time.
I
RESOLVED FURTHER: ThaT the Company seal and the signature of any I!fthe aforesaid officers and any SecreTary or Assistallf Secretary IIftlre
Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power IJ{ attorney III' certificate Ii either given for The execution of any bOlld. underTakillg. commcT or suretyship.
or other written obligation ill the naTUre tlrereof, such signature and seal when so used being hereby adopted by the Company as the original signaTure of SLlch
14ftcer alld the original seal of The Company. to be valid and binding upon The Company wiTh tire same force and effeCT as though manually affixed.
I
CERTIFICATION
I
1. RONALD C. HAYES. Assistant Secretary of Great American Insurance Company. do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney and the
Resolutions of the Board of Directors of March 1. 1993 have not been revoked and are now in full force and effect.
Signed and sealed this
30TH
day of January
2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.... " AC/2 199 INGERSOLL RAND AIRCOMPRSSR 286159
EQUIPCTGY CODE;EQUIPMENT NO IEQl/IP DESC" ... SERIAL_NO
- .~.,- '-..;'-~ ---------. ._-----~-..--_.._.~-~ .-- ;.... '-'- .--. . . '.
.________.__.._ABj1_ . . _.__._[A~ROWBOARD
ABI2 i ARROW BOARD i 38885
.. :.---'- ----.-------Ash---..---.-----. ARRoviTBOARO-------.-- .~~314.9_3 _ ! .~_~~
AB 4 ARROW BOARD 0795003,. J
'- -.- -- '- -. .- .... ... - -i- - -------
AC 1 ATLAS AIR COMPRESSOR _______ HOL60~656 ______.._ ._~. _.._~__~~
AC 2 99 INGERSOLL RAND AIR COMPRSSR 286159 ----.---r.. _ _.___' "0
-- ~g ~ ~~ ~~~~~~~.f~~~ ~~~~~:S~~s:___;;J~~{ '_n -.....- -+-.~--=_ '~0
. : ARI1 ASPH RECYCLR (INFRARED) . I i :':1)
.. BH~ 94 CAT 416 BACKHOE .----tQ-a)(K00467 I - ~J
---:---;----SH 2 --'- JOHN DE-ERE3TOCR88R-TIREb'BkH---IT0310CA766078 .0
~~~.-~-=-~_=.._. -_--~~:~ ~=..: - ~.---~ - '~:-f;J~1~:~~~~~~~t~A~~~9;~~ -_-~:_ ~;~~~~~ 76 !.:. ~g
BH 5 . __ '01 JOHN D~ER~AC~HOE 310SE _TO~!.9~!::~~~161- '0
BH 6 DO NOT USE - WRONG CO' 10
BHre----- b-6 NOT USE-=-WRO;;iG.co.------ .-- '-- -'---6~6o
BH 6 00 tAT-41(fC4~~fEBACKHOE--------"-" 5YN15872 ".-. :-~'jl)-
+-.-.----.--.- _.-..... ..-------..-.----.- '...--
BH 6 00 CAT 416C4ME BACKHOE _.. ___.__ ._5X!'l~5_872 0.00
BH 7 CAT 416 C BACKHOE . 05YN00986 "'.)0
BH 8 OOJOH"r;rDEERE31-0-SE.SACK-HOE-:----- T03-10-SE888431 -. .: ~ '-'J
.---.--.-.-.-..----.-- '-"'-~'-'---' -- .
BH 9 01 JOHN DEERE 310E BACKHOE T0310EX850029.vO
BU 1 95 HARDEE BUSHHOG .-- ______n - , . . J
---._-----_._._~--- --..- -. -- --. .._---- .- ..---- j
CA 01 __ RSI. OMNIBU~_Q.AM~~ INSPECT S'(~__ _ ___ _ . i -.J
CM 1 CEMENT MIXERS. MISC In
CU 1 ASPHALTCURB MACHiN-E-.---.__h- UNKNOWN 0.00
CU 2 SOLD DO NOT USE -- S-i078ff1"84- ou. --.----~;jJ
CU 3 57008 POWER CUR8.ER-d-----~-rsioOEI:O-1-0220460 ....-.- - -. '-'b~oo
. .- --.------------ - --'." --.... - ". .-
DZ 1 95 CAT D5H XL DOZER 8RJ04497 ~J
.-----_._---- --'. --_. --..__.. --- -- . .- '"--_. .....-
DZ 3 .' D5M DOZER 4TF31679 ';0
FL 2 CASE FORKLIFT 585e ---- ~0067858'm- ....J
FL 3 NISSAN P50 FORKLIFT -- 9H094-S ---. - . J
FL 4--:--------'GRANDALL S-KYLlFT-.------.--.--.-- 8344007L - 'J
+------------.-.. .-.-..... -.-..-- -... _...
GN 1 991NGRSLL RND GENERATOR 299635UDJ810 .!J
GN 2 VACUUMGE-N-ERAfoR---------n.----- ~~-~__ .-- ..--- - '0
GN 3 GENSET 50KW 39171 F "J
LI 1 SIMONS TELES.COFjiN.GIIFT.------.-- E5134.n..... '-, J
--.------------..--- ..---------.-. - -- -.- .----.--.... -....-.. ---....
LL 1 LINE LASERS. MISC .~
LO 1 91 KOMATSU WA250T:6ADER---'---12472 JO
--- -------.-..-.-..-... --....... '" ._-_.. ..-.... ...-.-..--..
LO 2 86 JOHN DEERE 644C ~OADER __ ~1JY~'!.4CB501li~.?. . . ,____.__. "0
LO 3 89 KOMATSU 250 LOADER A60153!)
LO 4 97 MELROE 743B BOBCATToADER 509322736" .- .-- '()
LO 5 98 CAT IT28 LOADER------.--- -- SCR00912 1;0
LO 6------ 99-MELF~OE S-OSCATToADER-'-"'-' ....- S-f5Sf615'1 i 'fO
LO 7 2000:.lD TC54H LOADER DWt-C5-~fH572127 ......-.----.~
- -- ---"-'-'" -- .----- ---
LO 8 SOLD 426033130010486_ . .... _ ~
LO 9 BOBCAT 753 LOADE-R-------- 515837"935" . .. p 0.00
- -----.----.- ----. ---- --- -....--.. . . ..- -.. ---. . --..-... -
MG 10 _._____t!!-4SA"!"_~1Q~..~_()I9~c:;~D~~_.__. .... _ 7?:-"_Q7797 JO
MG 7 94 CAT 12G MOTORGRADER_ __~15~15_._ _.._____ ')0
MG 8 97 CAT 12H MOTORGRA1:i"ER - 4XM014'83 . D
..-- ----
MG 9 00 CAT 12H MOTORGRADER 4XM02009 10
- _... -_.
MS AU1 AUGER 0.00
MS AWT1 ASPHALTWAiERTANk-&-PUMP---..-U~j<NOW!i. j'. ._..._~
MS BL 1 BLOWER CB0121 0.00
---- .-_ .._.__-=-=-=.._...._h
MS BL2 BLOWER I 0.00
1--.-.. .. 1_ P---'
MS BL3 BLOWER 021301045 I 0.00
MS BLV1 BUILDERS LEVEL TD5862 I ----0.00
MS CH1 HILTI COMBI-HAMMER -... - -- r-- -. ----0:00
MS COS1 STIHL400 CUTOFF SAW UN -_.- -.. TPu",--- 0.00
MS COS2 HUSKY 371R CUT OFF SAW 01240ob-7~(- ,.. - --"'--0.00
MS CP1 CENTRIFICAL PUMP WT30X GX240-242 !"-'-'-O:OO
MS CP2 CENTRIFICAL PUMP PT3A 672905783 I' - 0.00
MS CS1 CONCRETE CHAIN SAW ___._ ~=~_:~. ~---. I 0.00
MS CU1 USE CU1 UNKNOWN: 0.00
MS FS1 FLOOR.SAlirHON-DAGX39-6-(BLUE)--'--'-- ! 0.00
MS FS2 FLOOR SAW Si'URI SAW IIS:p~y---p_- '76:2~ -'-. . ! 0.00
1-
BILLING_RATE
oJl
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.____ _.___.._____MS~T1__.___.__ .____If..s?_~MT~~LE~_.,~___. _ _ . !
MS:FT2 iFORM TRAILER DUAL AXLE :DOT FORMS
J~ISj!:!B'1 iHbLMES-BROOM'~'FOR IT28 !5031
MS!HD1 jHILTI HAMMER DRILL TE6S 1343323
-.---.... ..... --.- ..--MStHG1-.------ .--~- EiUSI~rHOG---- r- --..
- -----.-------1----...-- - .
MS HL 1 HYDRAULIC LIFT FOR PT1
MS HTP1 HYDROSTATIC TEST PUMP 207S67-HONDA
.----.--- . _._- .."
MS HTP2 HYDROSTATIC TESTPUMP-HONDAS.5 UNKNOWN
MS JH3 JACKHAMMER 30# I
. MS JT1 JUMPING JACK TAMP-BS6-0Y-.-----li5(i~f84725
'-- -=:- --'---'_ -..___.____ _ _.. _..-1....____....
MS JT2 JUMPING JACKTJ\MP BS6~_ ____.__l?55105~.?}.
.MS JT4 WACKER JUMPING JACK TAMP i674603384
. . MS JT6 JUMPING JACK TAMP WACKER--.----gT19384- .
------.--'--...- j------~------ ---..--......--..--.. .. --... . . -..
. MS JT7 JUMPING JACK TAMP-BS60Y 674603384
.- -..- ----.- ...-. --.. .'!-=C'-' -'.'---'- '---.-- ------...,-.--. . .-.---.-.... -. -.. .--- ...- ._
. MS JT8 BS60Y JUMPING JACK TAMP 677901801
-------.------- '----..----. ----.--..-.--..- --- -_..- -.-.- -.-...
_____ MS L220 LASER PLANE 22DMODEL_ L-2~Q.....__ _..._ 3_1..8!3.____...
MS LP1 LASERPLANE 220 SPECTRAPHYSICS 3188
MS LP3 LASEFfPLANE-SOOC sp'EctRA-PRfc~ -. - 47574
-~------'-----MS LT--.---.---AMl"bXFL06bTIG.HT----- -.- -- 5080D15MH
~~--- -- ,_u_ --MS LV1-------- -.--.- LEVEL -------=-:=~..-.~~______n_ IQ_~~!~.
MS MGL 1 __ MOTOR_.9.BADE~_~_SER__ _ ___
MS MPS1 MUL~IPURP9SESAW JOHNDEER 380__.._dT3~~.9_01
-------------21~ ~__ ____ 9.!iQ..vy~..M~g_MIXER ___ ..._ .n
..-..-----____._..M~.M?<~..-_------..- ~~~~~(r_~J0~'3 . . . _ ..._ _._ . ~~4906
___._____"_.___~~ 9"[1__.________ 9..f_~~~~I...~ILE_'i!_ :r~~_R_~.EN_._. _. .~f'-!Kl\j9wN
MS PFT PO~TABLE FUEL TJ\~~~MA_LL.____..__I-__
MS PG1 PORTABLE GENERATOR GFI
O_...O_O____..'n___.._.__ .___
____.. MS PH1 PIPE HORN- TOM LAWHEAD _..._..____.1-_._ _.. ....
_________ MS P~h_~____E!!:_E LASE'3_.__________..______...__ 9957
__.____.__ MS PT1___~TETAMP DPU05045H______._ ~~8~.7.2._..
_. ___ .h_h___.__~_~ ..F)T1~.n_ _"_ h_. .~~TE_T!'-_~.f>_~D~~o.O?~~_.. _ ..... .5247365
MS PT2 . PLATE TAMP BPU2950A 699365957
....-....- ... -- -----MS .PT3---m-.....'. _.,~_.- P{j\TE-TAMP-s7S1'35202 --- 96"1-195YA
--.------- .________c_ _____._._._..______..__ .... _...__ ._
--_______.~ PI~____.. _ PLAT_EJ~~PJ~.~9P~ U1290
____ .. MS PT5 ._~E TAMf' VPA1350W _ ___.___ ~7.~30~928
MS PT6 PLATE TAMP 805901012
MS PT7 d. .. PLATE TAMP ----------.- ..... --------
MS PT8 WACKER PLATE "AMP------- UNKNOWN
. '_'_._n_ __.._ _._ _ . .__ -=-_._ _____ . __ ...
MS PW1 PORTABLE PRESSURE WASH 2500PSI _ 17342_.
MS PZ1 PIZZA CUTTER
MS PZ2 PIZZA CUTTER
MS STR1 GRACO LINE LASER STRIPER-----A1-4"is-u
-- ..-.--.
MS STR2 GRACO 3500 STRIPER __~<?NE FOUNq ..
MS STR3 GRACO 5500 LINE LASER __~748. _.__
MS TM1 TROWEL MACHINE 48" CS1456
MS TM2 TROWEL MACHINE 36" S13622
.....-..
MS TP10 TRASH PUMP HOMELfTE MOD#91232/103SEL
.-_ ..__.._._._.... __. _.. _.0.
MS TP11 MUD HOG PUMP CH&E 000020205
___ __."___ ___ . .w. _
MS TP3 TRASH PUMP-MUD HOG 5538WRlD0109194
MS TP4 TRASH PUMP-MUD HOG 16"04-----... ..~- HR{720'1'69 -
-.-- -------.--...
MS TP5 TRASH PUMP- MUD HOG 3P613
.--.--".... .... .-
MS TP8 TRASH PUMP CH&E 0010195
--"-.-."
MS TP9 TRASH PUMP HOMELlTE__ !!.!.Q?3-1_.
MS TTL 1 TAMP TRAILER-ASPHALT UK
MS WBB1 BILLY GOAT BLOWER MDL# QB1304H ~QiQ..4~5-
MS WD1 WELDER-PORTABLE
MS WT1 WATER TANK AND PUMP
MS WT2 __ ~ATER_I~!LE~J=_OR CURB-MAC-Hit.i~= UNKN2Y'(N
PL 1 PIPE LASERS - MISC
-----.- .-.... .--.
PL 2 PIPE LASER 1230 1230
PL 3 PIPE LASER 1437 . 143y---n
PM 1 98 THOMPSON TRP:SH-Po-MP--_==-==~-::~qf-_-_
PU 1 _______ ~9LD-.-_____._ ~T~RN.~4P9G5043669
PU 10 SOLD 1GCEK19R6TE158700
-----.--_._______._._m___ _..__.... ._.._. "" '" .
_ PU 11 __ ~_6 CHEV C3500 CREW~~!? __ __h_... 1_G_E!H~33R4TF00630
PU 12 96 CHEV C1500 EXT CAB (CAREY) 1GCEC19M6TE106131
PU 13 96 CHEV K1500 EXT CAB(JO'EU--- .1GCEK19R2TE209691
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
j . - '---'-
~_.._--~
I 0.00
-.1-.---- ---0:00
! .....--...------
i . . . ___Q:..o.Q
i 0.00
, .- ..---.----
i. _.. _._. - -p.qQ
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
...__"_.. .._n._ __._._
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
.- . _ .-----.
0.00
0.00
.... --- ,----
0.00
. .. .- --.--
0.00
-..-.----
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
I... _mg~
'.. __. ___ ____ O..QQ
0.00
-- --.--..-- - ------
0.00
n_.' ..____.__
0.00
.--.. ..- -..---.------
0.00
j H
I
!
i
.-- ..-.-.-----
....
;)
-.----- -b~o6
..- -....- ----nO.OO
-.-..---.-.---------
0.00
-.----.--- -
0.00
0.00
- . .-.----..
0.00
..---..-.--
0.00
.. - -- ..--- ,...-.-.-
0.00
.......----.-..-
_ ..... ___.Q..:O_q
, 0.00
... . I n__ ~::
0.00
'_..__h_.._.
0.00
J
-.- --._--
0.00
._.____u.____
0.00
- I
I
1. ..
---"--H 'o:ql~
. ,"
~:)
. .. - --
. --.-- :,1
~ '.
(.)
0 c(
w a: Ct,)
~ ~ a a a a a 0 a ,... a
w z a a "! ~ en <0 ~ ,... C\I 0) to
....J 0 ,... ....:
a. (.) cD c:i (') a ui N N cO cO "=t
co ::E ClCl (') <0 C\I 0) <0 ..... <0 It) .., 0
0 a: It) 0) ,... ,... ..... ..... It) ..... a
(,) w a:i a:i ,..: N ..F ui' at cD ....
0 ~ ,... ,... It) ft
Z Z <0 ClCl ClCl a ~ ,... ..... It) <0 q T'"
::;) ::;) en C\I ~ ~ (A- (') (A- C\I (A- to
~ ~ (A- (A- 0 (A- (A- (A- .... a>
w 0
z a: Ct,)
0
3: 0-
~ [,
<C
W - a:
z .
- l-
LL.. 0 Z
0 W ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0
l- ~ ~ ~ ~ <.J
10 Z W 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a:
0 ....J a a a It) It) a a .... (') 0
~ ClCl C\I ClCl en ClCl en ..... 0) 0) w
i= a.. c
a: ::E z
0 0 ::l
a. (,) ~
a:
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
c
a a ~ N cO C'i ..,; ai cD ai w
I-
en ,... It) It)' a ,... ,... C\I It) .... ..... w
z <"t ~ en~ ClCl en ~ ..... at .... ~ ....J
0 ~ .., ClCl 0 tri' (') ui' ,... ui' 0 0..
~ i= ,... ~ a ClCl en ..... ,... ClCl ClCl co :;;;
..,. w c( ~ "":. <0 <0 ClCl ~ ..... ClCl ClCl It) 0
z C) N 0 <.J
,... ,... ,... z
::i .... ::l
m u..
0 I 0
....J
. ~
0 ~ ~ g ~ ,~ ~ g ~ C5 :5 0
I-
W -
~ . c:i c:i ai c:i c:i cD c:i c:i ui ai
-
(,) en a a en a a It) a a ~ ..,
c( a: a 0 en~ a a ClCl a~ a C\I (')
a: w ui' ,..: ..... ,..: ui' ..F. a It)~ oi O)~
M ~ :I: ,... ..... <0 ~. a <0 It) C\I It) ClCl
Z ~ en C\I ('I) ..... ,... 0'1 It) C\I (') ~
0 0
(,) 0 ....
m
::;) ~
en ..
g g g g g g g g ~ a
a
c:i c:i N N ai ai ..,; ai ,... cO
en ,... It) It) a ,... <0 C\I It) <0 C\I
z <"t ~ en ClCl en. <0 ~ 0'1_ (') ClCl
0 0'1 .... cD ...: a a:i It) <0 ..F oj
i= C\I C\I ..... C\I a ("') <0 a ..,. ..,
c( It) ...... en "":. q It) C\I~ "":. "!. ....
....J C) N .... C') ,... N ,... ,... ,... N
('II ~ ::i ....
m
0 0
~
<( <( .!!!
CJ ~ :.c
Z Ii '0 0 > E c 0
.... 0 en - j CD
0 III III - CD C 0 .:.: en
.c 0 - III 0
i= j u OQ) 0 >-- c 0 ~ >
11. lJ) en enf .c C ~ :::i CtS -
a: :::I 3: u :is - 0 c
<( em 0'= ... ,...
(.) en CD E ,... CD :::I
CD een 0
en (I) e Z CD~ 3: CD~ 3: :::I ... '0 0
I- w .2 ~CD <(~ .:.:CD CD '0 CD ...
(.) 0 <(cD en "C 11.
III <(3: .- 3: <-t ... e
UJ 0 r:: C)"*' . CD ~ - <(CD <i 0.... .:.: ~
..,
0 Z ca -'0 III en -("') oJ en ~ C) =0 :i C(
a: c:( c. >-0 "Cc >-. .- c .S CtSe :J:
>< c.c ~ 0 - 0
11. ZUJ 5Z "Co > r:: 0<( .:.: ~
.... o- j U :0 :!! :.c .- - CD :-~ ... ...
oen 0- :::I.~ C "C CtS ..!!!
i=iU ~~ o > 00 en > j ~ "C<( -0
C:(~ 0-- ca 0 .c:ti 0 a:~ Oen 0
g!i 3:] ._ .c C)..c 0 "C C >- >-
'- .... ..cU 2i ~i ~
..or:: o :::I .- :::I ..5 a:
-J1 ~ 0: E CD Een .!!en CD
"Cen 0 III .S!! c ..ce :.c
C)CD j E r:: 3: :::I E -E 3: U 'S: 3: j E :::I E
-CD -CD C
~~ 0_ CtS CD 0_ :::I CD CtS CD 0 ._ 0 ~
OUJ 3:z OUJ IDZ :::i e ...10 ~O
..
:J
o
>-
'0
C
:J
o
E
III
..
o
i
:J
..
C
III
>
..
c
'0
'"')
III
'0
c
o
1::
o
0..
..
:J
o
>-
o
III
;;
oa,
~~
C'llll
'tiC:
3l~
~u
Ill~
-Ill
go
o E
'tI:J
>oE
~.~
-6:\:
> III
'6-5
c_
-0
1i~
.cO
~~
~~
1lI-
..0)
-0)
S~
~~
III 0
E'"':.
~~
lDC)
'Elf
.5m
III III
IlIlD
Ol.c
1lI-
..c
rn-
=~
'tIU
;:c
lD ~
-'tI
:Elij
~m
c.E
0-
u~
i;'~
Eu
..(II
00..
U (II
eO
c~
8,g
lD ><
.c(ll
I-:\:
..
S
U
e
c
o
o
III
E
~
0..
e
III
:J
o
>0
:I::
C'lo..:
cS
E U
:Je
QC
00
.E.,g
Ol :J
crn
0(11
= III
(II ..
C)(II
=:J
.co
0>-
ii=
on
-e
~..
o c
.co
rno
~
W
l-
e
z
C'l
w
l-
e
z
..
.!!!
'0
'tI~
GlC'l
-SC
>o~
.c -.
~Ill
-~
~';j
~:l
0-
C';
GI'tI
t: ;
c3><ui
.. lD lD
s= g
>o~S
"'00')
~e~
~.! ,g
(II III U
0) 'tI lD
lD.c.c
~g::
~Ol
CJ.cc
_Uo
O:C';:i
c~1lI
.2c':
U 0 ><
:JIIIlD
'gU'tl
;.~~
oS Q. Q)
c='tI
8,(11(11
:J~.c
-IIIU
lii .;:; ~
~!c(
~ ~a
0.c.5
OlD%:
.! l! .!
'b-.!
1!"g-5
.. --
gi~
CJo_
~~.g
-5't1lD
'0 ~=
'E.!E
III lD 0
l~J:
III 0 UI
tlCD:
.c :J C
;j~
M
w
l-
e
z
I ~
I
I
I
I
I.
,
I
I
I
I
I
.1:: ..
'1
I
I
I
I.
I
I
Q
f;J;l
==
~
u
Vl
f;J;l
~
~
~
~
Vl
Vl
~
....
Vl
~
==
~
E-<
Z
....
f;J;l
u
<
~
=-
Vl
;;;l
o
~
u
-
=-
Vl
Z
o
u
<
z
....
~
r.:l
E-<
Vl
o
=-
r.:l
==
o
E-<
Vl
-
r.:l
E-<
<
U
~
~
~
Vl
==
E-<
<~
~~
00=
~8
~~
~~
<~
r----
Q
Q
M )~i"\~
~ f;J;l
8 ~f;J;l\,
u Vl ~ \ 00'
~~)~j'\~
... '"
'"
oll 6
>-
<( <(
- '~ ~
-
'<:1' 0
<"1 ~ ,e
N
t"-
o
o
N
r:.:
o
.... 0
~ t:!
~ .~ ~,,;
~ ;,5 ~~;
~ ~ g
~
-
o
:-,.. .
,. ..
d-<i)
;.:;
os
"0
lOl
o
~
Q
f-r.J Z
::r:::r: -0
OE-< ~~
~e:~t:::r:
f;J;l o.....u
~~i=:~!;;~
E=r.:lCj<~~
u~_~r.:lo
r.:l<e:~~~
~=~<~C
~~~Vl~~
~=>~E-<1:S
.....VlZ,r..
.....E-<<Oor..
~Z~-r.:lo E:
zr.:lz~ur.:l 0
r.:l~r.:lVlZE-< . U
UE-<=-~<<~
:s~~~~!;;S
~es~~~~o
E-<~E-<==OE-<U
on
.....
M
M
0\
z
z 0
0 ....
E= ~
r.. < ~
0 ~ ~ U
~ 0 ~ N
.'\. r.. 0 '<:1'
< r.. Uu z 00
00 zu .., ~ .... ~ 0-.
00 ~z Vl N
t"- t"- ~~ "y,
0 a Vl OC; ~ Vl U U
a Vl ~ ~~rn_
a t! ~o i ~ ~6 00
'II:
r.:l ..... 00 f;J;l~ G ~~ ~ f- 0
- a
Vl E-< a -- ~f- ~ ~ Z~~
< a ~!~
Vl N a VlU H,l ~ ~<UlCf.l. O;E~
~ U ~~ ~~' ~ C
.... ~P:::UlO UO~
.... e: r.:lf- o u S- f-!X:~ ~ :,')f-;r:
Vl ~ ~ ~z 05f- ~ ::E<u
~ ~ ..... ~.
== E-< uO Vl ::E uuo~ .... <(O(')Ul
r.:l < U. < J,t.l.",J,t.l
u z ....u en O. .... :,')rnSr!l ::?1 1Il::::J1Il ,
;;;l Q e:~ r.J f- e: (
::E:;sot:C I
0 r.J f-::E as <( ~
U ;;;l =:<( ~<!X:U
Vl 0(') t1l\OliJ
U Vl r.:lUl . ~ ::::i r.:l
< Vl UIIl '== N U 1Ila:l~1Il
....
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~~
A
EMPLOYEE CONFLICT OF INTEREST:
It shall be unethical for any City of Augusta business or paliicipant directly or indirectly in a procurement
contract when the employee or official knows that:
(a) the employee or official or any member of the employee's or official's immediate family has a
substantial interest or financial interest pertaining to the procurement contract, except that the
purchase of goods and services from businesses which a member of the Commission or other
City of Augusta employee has a financial interest is authorized as per a.C.G.A. 36':'] - 14, or the
procurement contract is awarded pursuant to a.c.G.A. 45- I 0-22 and 45-10-24, or the
transaction is excepted from said restrictions by a.c.G.A. 45- 10-25;
(b) Any other person, business, or organization with whom the employee or official of any member
of an employee's or officials immediate family is negotiating or has an arrangement concerning
prospective employment is involved in the procurement contract.
Any employee or official or any member of an employee's or official immediate family who
holds a substantial interest or financial interest in a disclosed blind trust shall not be deemed to
have a conflict of interest with regard to matters peliaining to that substantial interest or
financial interest.
I, (vendor) 7-.F~ CDMr2Al".:flJUr_j"I.J..lL-
information contained in the bid specifications.
have read and understand the
Vendor Name: ~c; ~~TINa. ~
. ,
Address: z.~~5>> AfD-.la...P ~ 1
City &
State:
"&_"..J... ::p.s!'-'.-/J S~ Z.q':i!.lfl..
Phone #: ( ad!) lIS.2...1-c1'3(..
Signature: ?""1..J? ~~ 12~",----
Fax #
(&03) g2.,/- /gG.,g
Date:
Ilao/l)?
. .
Bid Item Number and Name: ,#01-011 MO~AN iZ.J)/ItI', 'PuMP !STJa1CW ':T::.MSl>>~
THIS FROM MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH BID PACKAGE. NO EXCEPTlON(S) WILL BE GRANTED
. ,
p",.} ,..
2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.~
Certification Statement
Local Vendor Preference
I certify that my company meets all of the following qualifications to be eligible for the local vendor
preference:
(]) That my company has a fixed office or distribution point located in and having a street address
within Augusta for at least six (6) months immediately prior to the issuance of the request for
competitive bids or request for proposals by Augusta; and
(2) That my company holds any business license required by the Augusta Richmond County Code
for at least 6 months
(3) That my company employs at least one (l) full time employee, or two (2) part time employees
whose primary residence is in Augusta, or if the business has no employees, the business shall be at
least fifty percent (50%) owned by one or more persons whose primary residence is in Augusta.
(4) Attached is a copy of my Augusta Business License.
Company Name: ~~S t!LJJ.JTTi!...ALTWG... XlVt-
#
Address:
Z~~A.~D~l!.-~. ~..-.L .:z:.;~ SL 2.<)$~z.
Business License Number
Phone Number: ~3. ~~2..?-l)/.3: '-
Fax Number: S03-2,Z.?-/2:.l-9.
Owner's Name: c."",,, ~ .?=-,,;"~.~
SIgnature: ~/l...O ~ d Qv-r-. -
Sworn to before me this :~D day of -:s- ~\)..D...~ ' 20 t> \.
Notary Public for the State of ~ c.... My Commission Expires \ \) _ \ q _ () q
Notary Public Signature Q~ili _ L.., ~~ u f)
Printed Name: \)c.~~'\.c..)..o-. \...., C\.k. \-\...u..("'=:, .
II
VENDOR DO NOT COMPLETE
II
To be completed by Authorized City Representative from Business License & Inspection Department:
Vendor Certified:
Date:
Authorized Signature
This form MUST be submitted with bid package. NO Exception(s) will be granted
3
1-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~
.
NOTICE OF AWARD
DATE:
CONTRACTOR: Beam's Contracting, Inc.
ADDRESS: 2335 Atomic Road
Beech Island
City
SC 29842
State Zip Code
PROJECT: Morgan Rd. Pump Station Improvements
PROJECT NO: 10810
At a meeting of the
you were awarded the Contract for the following Project:
held on (Date)
PROJECT 10810 MORGAN ROAD PUMP STATION IMPROVEMENTS
Enclosed please find 6
copies of the Contract Documents for your execution. Please complete the
pages, affixing signatures, dates, notary and/or corporate seals, etc. where necessary and return to this office
days from the date of this letter, excluding Legal Holidays.
The Certificate of Insurance must be complete.
Power of Attorney must be submitted in triplicate; an original and two copies is permissible.
Very truly yours,
Augusta Program Management Team
Project Engineer
Reclept of this NOTICE OF AWARD Is hereby acknowledged this, the
day of
Contractor By
Please sign and return one copy of this Notice of Award Acknowledgement to:
CH2M HILL
Tille
Attn: Program Management Team
360 Bay Street; Suite 100
Augusta, GA 30901
Mfl'1 M t\1t'\TII"'C nc= A'A'Ann nt"\f\
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section A
Agreement
TIllS AGREEMENT, made on the :i...J.L day of >>1llA.tYit . 20Q/ by and between
AUGUST~ GEORGI~ BY AND TIiROUGH mE AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY COMMISSION,
party of the first part, hereinafter called the OWNER, and Beam's Contracting, Inc., party of the second part!
hereinafter called the CONfRACTOR.
WIlNESSETH, that the CONfRACTOR and the OWNER, for the considerations hereinafter
named, agree as follows:
ARTICLE I - SCOPE OF THE WORK
The CONfRACTOR hereby agrees to furnish all of the materials and all of the equipment and
labor necessary, and to perform all of the work shown on the plans and described in the specifications for the
project entitled:
PROJECT 10810
MORGAN ROAD PUMP STATION IMPROVEMEN'IS
and in accordance with the requirements and provisions of the Contract Documents as defined in the General
and Special Conditions hereto attached, which are hereby made a part of this agreement.
ARTICLE IT - TIME OF COMPLETION/liQUIDATED DAMAGES
The work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced within 10 calendar days
after the date of written notice by the OWNER to the CONfRACTOR to proceed. All work shall be completed
within 100 calendar days with all such extensions of time as are provided for in the General Conditions.
It is hereby understood and mutually agreed, by and between the CONfRACTOR and the
OWNER, that the date of beginning, rate of progress and the time for completion of the work to be done
hereunder are ESSENTIAL CONDmONS of this contract. CONTRACTOR agrees that said work shall be
prosecuted regularly, diligently, and uninterruptedly at such rate of progress as will ensure full completion
thereof within the time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed by and between the CONTRACTOR
and the OWNER, that the time for completion of the work described herein is a reasonable time for completion
of the same! taking into consideration the average climatic range and construction conditions prevailing in this
locality.
IF THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NEGLECT! FAIL, OR REFUSE TO COMPLETE THE WORK
WITHIN THE TIME HEREIN SPECIFIED, then the CON'IRACTOR does hereby agree, as a part of the
consideration for the awarding of this contract, to pay the OWNER the sum of One Thousand and no/100s
($1000.00) Dollars, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for such breach of contract as hereinafter set
fortl"i, for each and every calendar day that the CONlRACTOR shall be in default after the time stipulated in
the Contract for completing the work.
The said amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the CONTRACTOR and the
OWNER because of the impracticability and extreme difficulty of fixing and ascertaining the actual damages
the OWNER would, in such event, sustain, and said amounts shall be retained from time to time by the Owner
from current periodical estimates.
It is further agreed that time is of the essence for each and every portion of this Contract, and
the specifications wherein a definite portion and certain length of time is fixed, if additional time is allowed for
the completion of any work, the new time limit fixed by extension shall be the essence of this contract.
A-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ARTICLE III - PAYMENT
(A) The Contract Sum
The OWNER shall pay to the CONTRACfOR for the performance of the Contract the amount
as stated in the Proposal and Schedule of Items. No variations shall be made in the amount except as set forth
in the specifications attached hereto.
(B) Progress Payment
On no later than the fifth day of every month, the Contractor shall submit to the OWNER's
Engineer (hereinafter called, the PROFESSIONAL) an estimate covering the percentage of the total amount of
the Contract which has been completed from the start of the job up to and including the last working day of the
preceding month, together with such supporting evidence as may be required by the Owner and/ or the
Professional. This estimate shall include only the quantities in place and at the unit prices as set forth in the Bid
Schedule.
On the vendor run following approval of the invoice for payment, the OWNER shall after
deducting previous payments made, pay to the CONTRACTOR 90% of the amount of the estimate on units
accepted in place. The 10% retained percentage may be held by the OWNER until the final completion and
acceptance of all work under the Contract.
ARTICLE IV - ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT
(A) Upon receipt of written notice that the work is ready for final inspection and
acceptance, the Professional shall within 10 days make such inspection. and when he
finds the work acceptable under the Contract and the Contract fully performed, he
will promptly issue a final certificate, over his own signature, stating that the work
required by this Contract has been completed and is accepted by him under the terms
and conditions thereof, and the entire balance found to be due the CONTRACTOR,
including the retained percentage, shall be paid to the CONTRACfOR by the
OWNER within 15 days after the date of said final certificate.
(B) Before final payment is due, the CONTRACfOR shall submit evidence satisfactory to
the Professional that all payrolls, material bills, and other indebtedness connected with work have been paid,
except that in case of disputed indebtedness of liens of evidence of payment of all such disputed amounts when
adjudicated in cases where such payment has not already been guaranteed by surety bond.
(C) The making and acceptance of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims
by the OWNER, other than those arising from unsettled liens, from faulty work appearing within 12 months
after final payment, from requirements of the specifications, or from manufacturer's guarantees. It shall also
constitute a waiver of all claims by the CONTRACfOR except those previously made and still unsettled.
(0) If after the work has been substantially completed, full completion thereof is
materially delayed through no fault of the CONTRACTOR, and the Professional, so certifies, the OWNER shall
upon certification of the Engineer, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for
that portion of the work fully completed and accepted.
Each payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except
that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement in three (3)
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, in the year and day first mentioned above.
A-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-"'~"'-~'~
.3'-~C\\MOl'iD C"-
_ ~ .e."'''....... 0"._1
I1Y "'..F .. "'. (/1> 't
(SEAL) P $' ...... . :: ..."e...~~;
#.5!Jo .~, 'S..~
.. a,j : -",..:') '" I:,
. tr! ~ .~~;.~t O.....~:
'5 .' : :r.r,'is. ::1 ~
J.O .~ ."-J'i
~ oJ:> Ol. -; It
.. d
.. ,Ill:
.. ~
-
~\~ GEORG\~-
~:~.l.l."~,,,'\lo.~
~;;tt &) ~ 7
Witness 7 _
(SEAL)
/L
~.. ,
'"- 1.~
Witness ' .
OWNER:
AUGUSTA, GEORGIA
2~BY:C~~' 9
1'~ As its Mayor -
CONTRACTOR:
BY:;;Il.f)~~
As its ~J ~ ~t.J
Address: -
2335 Atomic Road
Beech Island, SC 29842
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II 337 4].'/4
SECTION PFB
PERFORMANCE BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that
Beam's Contracting, Inc.
(Name of Contractor)
2335 Atomic Road, Beech Island, SC 29842
(Address of Contractor)
a Corporation
(Corporation, Partnership, or Individual)
, hereinafter called Principal, and
Great American Insurance Company
(Name of Surety)
580 Walnut Street. Cincinnati. Ohio 45202
(Address of Surety)
hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Augusta-Richmond
County, Georgia (by and through its Commission), Municipal Building, Augusta,
Georgia 30911, hereinafter called Owner, in the penal sum of Four Hundred
Eighty Six Thousand, Three Hundred and 00/00 Dollars ($486,300.00) in lawful
money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be
made, we bind ourselves, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly
by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that whereas, the Principal entered
into a certain contract with the Owner, dated the _ day of
a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the
construction of:
PROJECT 10810 MORGAN ROAD
PUMP STATION IMPROVEMENTS
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly, and faithfully perform its
duties, all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of
said contract during the. original term thereof, and any extensions thereof
which may be granted by the Owner, with or without notice to the Surety and
during the one year guaranty period, and if he shall satisfy all claims and
demands incurred under such contract and shall fully indemnify and save
harmless the Owner from all costs and damages which it may suffer by reason of
failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the Owner all outlay and
expense which the Owner may incur in making good any default, then this
obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said surety, for value received hereby stipulates
and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the
terms of the contract or to work to be performed thereunder or the
specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligation on
this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of
time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to
the specifications.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
0603-00 PFB.doc
PFB-1
I
I
SECTION PFB
PERFORMANCE BOND
I
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the Owner and the
Contractor shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim
may be unsatisfied.
I
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in ~ (Number) counterparts,
each one which shall be deemed an original, this the ____ day of
I
ATTEST:
f, MCA-~clo
(Principal)
~~cn
~
I
'I
By:
I
( SEAL) D!VII'I T fI.EMINQ
PCfPRt PUmJC. RICHMOND COUNTY, GEORGIA
tW.COMMI88ION EXPIRES SEPTEMBER 26, 2009
'1&.,,; -1.~
(Witness) to P lnclpal
Beam's Contracting, Inc.
2335 Atomic Road, Beech Island, SC 29842
(Address)
I
I
(Address)
I
ATTEST:
Great American Insurance Company
Surety
(Surety) Secretary
By ~,-' ../ 4~~~
Attorney-in-Fa .
I
I
.~~ 7'7~
(Witn s) to Surety
P.O. Box 21627
I
P.O. Box 21627
. (Address)
Columbia, SC 29221
(Address)
Columbia, SC 29221
NOTE:
Date of Bond
Partnership,
(S~fl
Countersigned by -f(, U~
ohn R. Walker
, Georgia Resident Agent
must not be prior to date of Contract. If Contractor is
all partners should execute bond.
I
I
IMPORTANT: Surety companies executing bonds must appear on the Treasury
Department's most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to
transact business in the state where the project is located.
I
I
0603-00 PFB.doc
PFB-2
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
'I
I
\1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
# 337 41 24 SECTIONPB
PAYMENT BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that
Beam's Contracting, Inc.
(Name of Contractor)
2335 Atomic Road, Beech Island, SC 29842
(Address of Contractor)
a Corporation
(Corporation, Partnership or Individual)
, hereinafter called Principal,
and Great American Insurance Company
(Name of Surety)
580 Walnut Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
(Address of Surety
hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Augusta-Richmond
County, Georgia, (by and through its Commission), Municipal Building, Augusta,
Georgia 30911, hereinafter called OWNER, in the penal sum of
Four Hundred Eighty Six Thousand, Three Hundred and 00/00 Dollars ($486,300.00)
in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and
truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors, and assigns, jointly and
severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that whereas, the Principal entered
into a certain contract with the OWNER, dated the day of____, a copy
of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the construction of:
PROJECT 10810 MORGAN ROAD
PUMP STATION IMPROVEMENTS
NOW, THEREFORE, if the principal shall promptly make payment to all persons,
fi~s, subcontractors, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing
labor in the prosecution of the work provided for in such contract, and any
authorized extension or modification thereof, including all amounts due for
materials, lubricants, oil, gasoline, coal and coke, repairs on machinery,
equipment and tools, consumed or used in connection with the construction of
such work, and all insurance premiums on said work, and for all labor,
perfo~ed in such work whether by subcontractor or otherwise, then this
obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received hereby stipulates
and agrees that no change, extension of time~ alteration or addition to the
terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the
specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligation on
this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of
time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to
the specifications.
PROVIDED FURTHER, that no final settlement between the Owner and the
Contractor shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim
may be unsatisfied.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
0603-00 PB.doc
PB-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
. NonCE TO PROCEED
DATE:
TO: Beam's Contracting, Inc.
Attn:Greg Beam, President
2335 Atomic Road
Beech Island, SC 29842
PROJECT: MORGAN ROAD PUMP STATION IMPROVEMENTS
PROJECT NO: 10810
You are hereby notified to commence WORK in accordance with the Agreement dated
on or before , and you are to complete the WORK 100
consecutive calendar days thereafter. The date of completion of all WORK is therefore
Very truly yours,
Augusta Program Management Team
Project Engineer
Receipt of this NOTICE TO PROCEED is hereby acknowledged
This, the
day of
Contractor:
By:
Title:
Please sign and return one copy of this Notice to Proceed Acknowledgement to:
CH2M Hill (Attn:Program Management)
360 Bay Street; Suite 100
Augusta, GA 30901
~-:t nn M"'TIl"C; Tn DOrv"'ct::'n I"'V'V'"
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER
co NUMBER
BID ITEM
DATE
PROTECT 10810 MORGAN ROAD PUMP STATION
-
IMPROVEMENTS
PROJECT TITLE
ORIGINAL CONTRACT DATE
OWNER AUGUSTA, GEORGIA
PROJECT NUMBER
PO NUMBER
The following change is hereby made to the contract for the above project
Description of Change (for a more detailed description see attached proposal):
PAYEE
TOTAL AMOUNT OF THIS CHANGE ORDER
$
0603-00
The contract time will be INCREASE/DECREASE by _ calendar days as a result of this change.
ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT $ 486,300.00
PREVIOUS CHANGE ORDER (INCREASE/DECREASE) $
THIS CHANGE ORDER (INCREASE/DECREASE) $
TOTAL REVISED CONTRACT AMOUNT WITH CHANGE ORDER $
FUNDING NUMBER/ACCOUNT NUMBER
PROPOSED BY: DATE:
cONTRAcrOR
REQUESTED BY: DATE:
ENGINEER
SUBMITTED BY: DATE:
DEPARTMENT HEAD
FINANCE ENDORSEMENT: DATE:
COMPTROLLER
RECOMMENDED BY: DATE:
ADMINISTRATOR
APPROVED BY: DATE:
MAYOR
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
1
1
I
1
1
I
I
1
1
I
I
~
Revision O,lte
Auqust ';:001
GENERAL CONDITIONS
ARTICLE I-DEFINITIONS
Wherever used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents the following terms have the
meanings indicated, which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof:
Addenda-Any changes, revisions or clarifications of the Contract Documents which have been duly issued by
OWNER to prospective Bidders prior to the time of opening of Bids.
Agreement-The written agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be performed;
other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein.
Application for Payment-The form accepted by PROFESSIONAL which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in
requesting progress or final payments and which is to include such supporting documentation as is required by
the Contract Documents.
Bid- The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the price(s) for the Work
to be performed.
Bonds-Bid, performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security furnished by CONTRACTOR
and its Surety in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Change Order- A document recommended by PROFESSIONAL, which is signed by CONTRACTOR and
OWNER, and authorizes an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price
or the Contract Time, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement.
Contract Documents-The Agreement: Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents); CONTRACTOR's
Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post-Bid documentation submitted prior to the
Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement; the Bonds; these General Conditions; the
Supplementary Conditions; the Plans, Specifications and the Drawings as the same are more specifically
identified in the Agreement; Certificates of Insurance; Notice of Award; and Change Order duly delivered after
execution of Contract together with all amendments, . modifications and supplements issued pursuant to
paragraphs 3.3 and 3.5 or after the Effective Date of the Agreement.
Contract Price- The moneys payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents as stated
in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.9.1 in the case of Unit Price Work).
Contract Time- The number of days (computed as provided in paragraph 17.2.1) or the date stated in the
Agreement for the completion of the Work.
CONTRACTOR-The person, firm or corporation with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement.
COUNTY-Richmond County, Georgia, or Augusta, Georgia, political subdivisions of the State of Georgia, the
Augusta-Richmond County Commission, and its authorized designees, agents, or employees..
Day-Either a working day or calendar day as specified in the bid documents. If a calendar day shall fall on a
legal holiday, that day will be omitted from the computation. Legal Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther
King Day, Memorial Day, 4th of July, Labor Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day and the following Friday,
and Christmas Day.
Defective-An adjective which, when modifying the word Work, refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or
GC-1
Page 1 of 52
I
1
I
I
I
1
I
1
1
I
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
Revi.sion D<it.e
August 2001
deficient, does not conform to the Contract Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any inspection,
reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to
PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of final payment, unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been
assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion (in accordance with paragraph 14.8 or 14.10).
Drawings-The drawings which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have
been prepared or approved by PROFESSIONAL and are referred to in the Contract Documents.
Effective Date of the Agreement-The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no
such date is indicated it means the date on which the Agreement is signed by the Mayor of Augusta, Georgia. .
Field Order-A written order issued by PROFESSIONAL that modifies Drawings and Specifications, but which
does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Time.
General Requirements-Sections of Division I of the Specifications.
Laws or Regulations-Laws. rules, regulations, ordinances, codes andlor orders.
Notice of Award-The written notice by OWNER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon compliance
by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent enumerated therein, within the time specified,
OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement.
Notice to Proceed-A written notice given by OWNER to CONTRACTOR (with a copy to PROFESSIONAL)
fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start to
perform CONTRACTOR'S obligations under the Contract Documents.
OWNER- Augusta, Georgia, and the Augusta-Richmond County Commission.
Partial Utilization-Placing a portion of the Work in service for the purpose for which it is intended or for a
related purpose) before reaching Substantial Completion for all the Work.
PROFESSIONAL-The Architectural/Engineering firm or individual or in-house licensed person designated to
perform the design and/or resident engineer services for the Work.
PROGRAM MANAGER -The professional firm or individual designated as the representative or the OWNER
who shall act as liaison between OWNER and both the PROFESSIONAL and CONTRACTOR when project is
part of an OWNER designated program.
Project-The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the
whole, or a part, as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
Project Area-The area within which are the specified Contract Limits of the improvements contemplated to be
constructed in whole or in part under this Contract '
Project Manager-The professional in charge, serving OWNER with architectural or engineering services, his
successor, or any other person or persons, employed by said OWNER, for the purpose of directing or having
in charge the work embraced in this Contract.
Resident Project Representative-The authorized representative of PROFESSIONAL as PROGRAM
MANAGER who is assigned to the site or any part thereof.
Shop Drawings-All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared
GC-2
Page 2 of 52
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
1
1
Rev.lsioD Cat.c
AUguSt. 2001
by or for CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures,standard
schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a Supplier and
submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work.
Specifications-Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of
materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain
administrative details applicable thereto.
Subcontractor-An individual, firm or corporation having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR orwith any other
SUBCONTRACTOR for the performance of a part of the Work at the site.
Substantial Completion-The Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the
opinion of PROFESSIONAL as evidenced by PROFESSIONAL's definitive certificate of Substantial
Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or
specified part) can be used for the purposes for which it is intended, or if there be no such certificate issued,
when final payment is due in accordance with paragraph 14.13. The terms "substantially complete" and
"substantially completed" as applied to any Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof.
Supplementary Conditions-The part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General
Conditions.
Supplier-A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman or vendor.
Underground Facilities-All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other
such facilities or attachments, and any encasement containing such facilities which have been installed
underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum
products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal, traffic or other
control systems, or water. (
Unit Price Work-Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices.
Work-The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be
furnished under the Contract Documents. Work is the result of performing services, furnishing labor and
furnishing and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and furnishing documents, all as
required by the Contract Documents.
Work Change Directive-A written directive to CONTRACTOR, issued on or after the Effective Date of the
Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended by PROFESSIONAL, ordering an addition, deletion or
revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unfor~seen physical conditions under which the Work is to
be performed as provided in paragraph 4.2 or 4.3 or to emergencies under paragraph 6.22. A Work Change
Directive may not change the Contract Price or the ContractTime but is evidence that the parties expect that
the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued
Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract
Time as provided in Article 10.
Written Amendment-A written amendment of the Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and
CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and normally dealing with the non-engineering
or non-technical rather than strictly Work-related aspects of the Contract Documents.
GC-3
Page 3 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
i\~V1.sicn Date
AuguSt 2001
ARTICLE 2-PRELlMINARY MATTERS
Delivery of Bonds:
2.1. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agreements to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also
deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required to furnish in accordance with these
Contract Documents.
Copies of Documents:
2.2. After the award of the Contract, OWNER shall furnish CONTRACTOR, at no cost, one (1)
complete set of the Contract Documents for execution of the work. Additional sets of the project manual and
drawings and/or individual pages or sheets of the project manual or drawings will be furnished by COUNTY
upon CONTRACTOR's request and at CONTRACTOR's expense, which will be OWNER's standard charges
for printing and reproduction.
Commencement of Contract Time, Notice to Proceed:
2.3. The Contract Time shall commence as established in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed
may be given at any time after the Effective Date of the Contract
Starting the Project:
2.4. CONTRACTOR shall begin the Work on the date the Contract Time commences. No Work shall
be done prior to the date on which the Contract Time commences. Any Work performed by CONTRACTOR
prior to date on which Contract Time commences shall be at the sole risk of CONTRACTOR.
Before Starting Construction:
2.5. Before undertaking each part of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the
Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field
measurements. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to PROFESSIONAL any conflict, error,
ambiguity, or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or
clarification from PROFESSIONAL before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. CONTRACTOR shall
be liable to OWNER for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract
Documents, if CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof.
2.6. Within ten days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the
General Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to PROFESSIONAL and OWNER for review:
2.6.1. an estimated progress schedule indicating the starting and completion dates of the various
stages of the Work:
2.6.2. a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submissions, and
2.6.3. a preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work which will include quantities and prices of
items aggregating the Contract Price and will subdivide the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to
serve as the basis for progress payments during construction. Such prices will include an appropriate amount
of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work which will be confirmed in writing by CONTRACTOR at
the time of submission.
GC-4
Page 4 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
I
I
itevi3i.on iJat.e
Auqust 2001
2.7. Before any Work at the site is started, CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with copies to
each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, an original policy or certified copies of each
insurance policy (and other evidence of insurance which OWNER may reasonably request) which
CONTRACTOR is required to pur,chase and maintain in accordance with Article 5.
Pre--construction Conference:
2.8. Before any Work at the site is started, a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, OWNER I
PROFESSIONAL and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the
part,ies as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in 2.6 as well as procedures for handling
Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing applications for payment and maintaining required records.
Finalizing Schedules:
2.9. At least ten days before submission ofthe first Application for Payment, a conference attended by
CONTRACTOR, PROFESSIONAL and OWNER and others as appropriate will be held to finalize the
schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.6. CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten (10)
calendar days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No
progress payment shall be made to CONTRACTOR until the schedules are submitted and acceptable to
OWNER and PROFESSIONAL as provided below. The finalized p~ogress schedule will be acceptable to
OWNER and PROFESSIONAL as providing an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any
specified Milestones and the Contract Time, but such acceptance will neither impose on PROFESSIONAL
responsibility for the sequencing, scheduling or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve
CONTRACTOR from full responsibility therefor. The finalized schedule of Shop Drawing submissions and
Sample submissions will be acceptable to PROFESSIONAL as providing a workable arrangement for
reviewing and processing the submissions. CONTRACTOR's schedule of values shall be approved by
PROFESSIONALias to form and substance.
CONTRACTOR, in addition to preparing an initially acceptable schedule, shall be responsible for
maintaining the schedule, including updating schedule. Schedule updates shall include progression of work
as compared to scheduled progress on work. Schedule updates shall accompany each pay request.
GC-5
Page 5 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
nev1aion Oat.e
~u9'lst. 2001
ARTICLE 3-CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; INTENT,
AMENDING, REUSE
Intent:
, 3.1. The Contract Documents comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR
concerning the Work. The Contract Documents are complementary: what is called for by one is as binding as
if called for by all. The Contract Documents will be construed in accordance with the law of the State of
Georgia.
3.2. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or part
thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment
that may reasonably be inferred. from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as
being required to produce the intended result will be supplied whether or not specifically called for. When
words or phrases which have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used to
describe Work, materials or equipment, such words shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning.
3.3. Except as otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents or as may be provided by
amendment or supplement thereto issued by one of the methods indicated in 3.6 or 3.7, the provisions of the
Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy between
the provisions of the Contract Documents and the provisions of any such standard, specification, manual,
code or instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents) and the
provisions of any such Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an
interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation).
Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by PROFESSIONAL as provided
in paragraph 9.4.
3.4. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or
association, or to the Laws or Regulations of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific
or by implication, shall mean the latest standard, specification, manual, code or Laws or Regulations in effect
at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may
be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents.
3.5. If, during the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or
discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any
such Law or Regulation applicable to the, performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification,
manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier referred to in 6.7, CONTRACTOR shall so report to
PROFESSIONAL in writing at once and before proceeding with the Work affected thereby and shall obtain a
written interpretation or clarification from PROFESSIONAL; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to
OWNER or PROFESSIONAL for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract
Documents unless CONTRACTOR had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof.
Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents:
3.6. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions and revisions in the
Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways:
3.6.1. a formal Written Amendment,
3.6.2. a Change Order (pursuant to paragraph 10.3), or
GC-6
Page 6 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Revision O.t.e
.-\uqust 2001
3.6.3. a Work Change Directive (pursuant to paragraph 10.4).
As indicated in paragraphs 11.2 and 12.1, Contract Price and Contract Time may only be changed by a
Change Order or a Written Amendment.
. 3.7. In addition, the requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor
variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized in one or more of the following ways:
3.7.1. a Field Order (pursuant to paragraph 9.5).
3.7.2. PROFESSIONAL's approval of a Shop Drawing or sample (pursuant to paragraphs 6.24 and
6.26), or
3.7.3. PROFESSIONAL's written interpretation or clarification (pursuant to paragraph 9.4).
Reuse of documents:
3.8. Neither CONTRACTOR nor any Subcontractor or Supplier or other person or organization
performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with OWNER shall have or acquire
any title to or OWNERSHIP rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications or other documents (or copies of any
thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of PROFESSIONAL or PROFESSIONAL's consultant; and they shall
not reuse such Drawings, Specifications or other documents (or copies of any thereof) on extensions of the
Project or any other project without written consent of OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and specific written
verification or adaptation by PROFESSIONAL.
GC-7
Page 7 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
il.evi:llion Date
August. ZOOl.
ARTICLE 4-AVAILABILlTY OF LANDS, PHYSICAL
CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS
A vailability of Lands:
4.1. OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is
to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated
for the use of CONTRACTOR. Necessary easements or rights-of-way will be obtained and expenses will be
borne by OWNER. If CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or
extent of any adjustments in the Contract Price or the Contract Times as a result of any delay in OWNER's
furnishing these lands, rights-of-way or easements, the CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as
provided in Articles 11 and 12. The CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto
that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment.
Physical Conditions:
4.2.1. Explorations and Reports: Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification
of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the site that have been
utilized in preparing the Contract Documents and those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to
existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the site (except Underground Facilities) that have
been utilized in preparing the Contract Documents.
4.2.2. CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such
reports and drawings. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such
reliance on such "technical data," CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any claim against OWNER,
PROFESSIONAL, or any of PROFESSIONAL's Consultants with respect to:
4.2.2.1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR's purposes, including but
not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to
be employed by CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or
4.2.2.2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or
indicated in such drawings, or
4.2.2.3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any
such data, interpretations, opinions or information.
4.2.3. If conditions are encountered, excluding, existing utilities, at the site which are (1) subsurface or
otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract
Documents or (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, which differ materially. from those
ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character
provided for in the Contract Documents, then CONTRACTOR shall give OWNER notice thereof promptly
before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 48 hours after first observance of the conditions.
4.2.4. The OWNER and PROFESSIONAL shall promptly investigate such conditions, and, if they
differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for,
performance of any part of the Work, the OWNER and PROFESSIONAL shall recommend an equitable
adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time, or both.' If the OWNER and PROFESSIONAL determine
that the conditions at the Site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents or
are not materially different from those ordinarily found and that no change in the terms of the Contract is
justified, the PROFESSIONAL shall notify CONTRACTOR of the determination in writing. The Work shall be
GC-8
Page 8 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~ev1.sion Da.t.e
Auqust: 2001
performed after direction is provided by the PROFESSIONAL.
Physical Conditions-Underground Facilities:
4.3.1. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents
with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data
furnished to OWNER or PROFESSIONAL by OWNER'S of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless
it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions:
4.3.1.1. OWNER and PROFESSIONAL shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of
any such information or data; and
4.3.1.2. The cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price and CONTRACTOR shall
have full responsibility for reviewing and checking all such information and data for locating all Underground
Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, for coordination of the Work with the OWNER'S of
such Underground Facilities during construction, for the safety and protection thereof as provided in paragraph
6.20 and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work, the cost of all of which will be considered as
having been included in the Contract Price.
4.3.2. Not Shown or Indicated. If an Underground Facility is uncOvered or revealed at or contiguous to
the site which was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and which CONTRACTOR could not
reasonably have been expected to be aware of, CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof
and before performing any Work affected thereby except in an emergency as permitted by paragraph 6.22,
identify the OWNER of such Underground Facility and give written notice thereof to that OWNER and to
OWNER and PROFESSIONAL. PROFESSIONAL will promptly review the Underground Facility to determine
the extent to which the Contract Documents should be modified to reflect and document the consequences of
the existence of the Underground Facility, and the Contract Documents will be amended or supplemented to
the extent necessary. During such time, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the safety and protection of
such Underground Facility as provided in paragraph 6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the
Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the
existence of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and which
CONTRACTOR could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of. If the parties are unable to agree
as to the amount or length thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and
12.
Reference Points:
4.4. OWNER shall provide Engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in
PROFESSIONAL's judgment are necessary to enable CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work.
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the Work (unless otherwise specified in the General
Requirements), shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or
relocations without the prior written approval of OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall report to PROFESSIONAL
whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in
grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference
points by professionally qualified personnel.
Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material:kGC-9
Page 9 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Revi$ion O.te
August 2001
4.5 OWNER shall be responsible for any Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or
Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or
Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work and which may
present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work at the site.
OWNER shall not be responsible for any such materials brought to the site by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor,
Suppliers or anyone else for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible.
4.6 CONTRACTOR shall immediately: (i) stop all work in connection with such hazardous condition
and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by 6.22), and (ii) notify OWNER and
PROFESSIONAL (and thereafter confirm such' notice in writing). OWNER shall promptly consult with
PROFESSIONAL concerning the necessity for OWNER to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such
hazardous condition or take corrective action, if any. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to resume Work in
connection with such hazardous condition or in any such affected area until after OWNER has obtained any
required permits related thereto and delivered to CONTRACTOR special written notice (i) specifying that such
condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work, or (ii) specifying any
special conditions underwhich such Work may be resumed safely. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot
agree as to entitlement to or the amount or extent of an adjustment, if any, in Contract Price or Contract Times
as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is agreed by CONTRACTOR
to be resumed, either party may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12.
4.7 If after receipt of such special written notice, CONTRACTOR does not agree to resume such
Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special
conditions, then CONTRACTOR may order such portion of the Work that is in connection with such hazardous
conditions or in such affected area to be deleted from the Work. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot
agree as to entitlement to or the amount or extent of an adjustment, if any, in Contract Price or Contract Times
as a result of deleting such portion of the Work, then. either party may make a claim therefor as provided in
Articles 11 and 12. OWNER may have deleted such portion of the Work performed by OWNER's own forces
or others in 'accordance with Article 7.
4.7.1 The provisions of 4.2 and 4.3 are not intended to apply to Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum,
Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site.
GC-10
Page 10 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
AevisioD Oa.t.e
Auqu:st. 2001
ARTICLE 5-BONDS AND INSURANCE
Performance and Other Bonds:
5.1. CONTRACTOR shall furnish performance and payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal
to the Contract Price as Security for the faithful performance and payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations
under the Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least until one year after the date when
final payment becomes due, except as otherwise provided by Law or Regulation or by the Contract
Documents. CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary
Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the forms prescribed by Law or Regulation or by the Contract Documents
and be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of
Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds, and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published
in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff Bureau of Accounts, U.S. Treasury Department. All Bonds
signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of the authority to act.
Licensed Sureties and Insurers; Certificates of Insurance
5.2.1 All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained
by CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized
in the State of Georgia to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required, All bonds
signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of authority to act. Such surety and insurance
companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the
Supplementary Conditions.
5.2.2. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with copies to each additional insured identified in
5.3, an original or a certified copy of the complete insurance policy for each policy required, certificates of
insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by OWNER or any other additional insured) which
CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with 5.3.
5.2.3. If the surety on any Bond furnished by CONTRACTOR is declared bankrupt or becomes
insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it
ceases to meet the requirements of paragraph 5.1, CONTRACTOR shall within fIVe days thereafter substitute
another Bond and Surety, both of which must be acceptable to OWNER.
CONTRACTOR's liability Insurance:
5.3. CPNTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such comprehensive general liability and other
insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from
claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from CONTRACTOR's performance and furnishing of
the Work and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed
or furnished by CONTRACTOR, by any Subcontractor, by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of
them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable:
5.3.1. Claims under workers' or workmen's compensation, disability benefits and other similar
employee benefit acts;
5.3.2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of
CONTRACTOR's employees; .
GC-11
Page 11 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Revision Dat.e
A.ugust 2001
5.3.3. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other
than CONTRACTOR's employees;
5.3.4. Claims for damages insured by personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (a) by any
person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by
CONTRACTOR, or (b) by any other person for any other reason;
5.3.5. Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of
tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom;
5.3.6. Claims arising out of operation of Laws or Regulations for damages because of bodily injury or
death of any person or for damage to property; and
5.3.7. Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising
out of the OWNERSHIP, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle.
The insurance required by this paragraph 5.3 shall include the specific coverage's and be written for not less
than the limits of liability and coverage's provided in the Supplementary Conditions, or required by law,
whichever is greater. The comprehensive general liability insurance shall include completed operations
insurance. All of the policies of insurance so required to be purchased and maintained (or the certificates or
other evidence thereof) shall contain a provision or endorsement that the' coverage afforded will not be
canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to
OWNER, PROGRAM MANAGER, and PROFESSIONAL by certified mail. All such insurance shall remain in
effect until final payment and at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may be correcting, removing or
replacing defective Work in accordance with paragraph 13.12. In addition, CONTRACTOR shall maintain
such completed operations insurance for at least two years after final payment and furnish OWNER with
evidence of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter.
Contractual Liability Insurance:
5.4. The comprehensive general liability insurance required by paragraph 5.3 will include contractual
liability insurance applicable to CONTRACTOR's obligations under paragraphs 6.32 and 6.33.
OWNER's Liability Insurance:
5.5. OWNER shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining OWNER's own liability insurance,
and/or Risk Retention Program, and, at OWNER's option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will
protect OWNER against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents.
Property Insurance:
5.6. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER shall purchase and
maintain property insurance upon the Work at the site to the full insurable value thereof (subject to such
deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and
Regulations). This insurance shall include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors,
PROGRAM MANAGER, PROFESSIONAL and PROFESSIONAL's consultants in the Work, all of whom shall
be listed as insureds or additional insured parties, shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage
and shall include "all risk" insurance for physical loss and damage including theft, vandalism and malicious
mischief, collapse and water damage, and such other perils as may be provided in the Supplementary
GC-12
Page 12 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Rev1s1on D,Jot:.e
Auqu~t 2(\01
Conditions, and shall include damages, losses and expenses arising out of or resulting from any insured loss
or incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges
of PROFESSIONALs, architects, attorneys and other PROFESSIONALs). If not covered under the "all risk"
insurance or otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall purchase and
maintain similar property insurance on portions of the Work stored on and off the site or in transit when such
portions of the Work are to be included in an Application for Payment
5.7. OWNER shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance or additional property
insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include
the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, PROFESSIONAL AND PROFESSIONAL's
consultants in the Work, all of whom shall be listed as insured or additional insured parties.
5.8. All the policies of insurance (or the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be
purchased and maintained by OWNER in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will contain a provision or
endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at
least thirty days prior written notice has been given to CONTRACTOR by certified mail and will contain waiver
provisions in accordance with paragraph of 5.11.2.
5.9. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to
protect the Interests of CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or others in the Work to the extent of any deductible
amounts that are provided in the Supplementary Conditions. The risk of loss within the deductible amount will
be borne by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor or others suffering any such loss, and if allY of them wishes
property insurance coverage within the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the.
purchaser's own. expense.
5.10. If CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property
insurance policy, OWNER shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to
CONTRACTOR by appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. Prior to commencement of the Work at
the site, OWNER shall in writing advise CONTRACTOR whether or not such other insurance has been
procured by OWNER.
Waiver of Rights:
5.11.1. OWNER and CONTRACTOR waive all rights against each other for all losses and damages
caused by any of the perils covered by the policies of insurance provided in response to paragraphs 5.6 and
5.7 and other property insurance applicable to the Work, and also waive all such rights against the
Subcontractors, PROFESSIONAL, PROFESSIONAL's consultants and all other parties named as insureds in
such policies for losses and damages so caused. As required by paragraph 6.11, each subcontract between
CONTRACTOR and a Subcontractor will contain similar waiver provisions by the Subcontractor in favor of
OWNER, CONTRACTOR, PROFESSIONAL, PROFESSIONAL's consultants and all other parties named as
insureds. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any of the insured parties may have to the
proceeds of insurance held by OWNER as trustee or otherwise payable under any policy so issued.
5.11.2. OWNER and CONTRACTOR intend that policies provided in response to paragraphs 5.6 and
5.7 shall protect all of the parties insured and provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by
the perils covered thereby. Accordingly, all such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event
of payment of any loss or damage the insurer will have no rights of recovery against any of the parties named
as insureds or additional insureds, and if the insurers require separate waiver forms to be signed by
PROFESSIONAL or PROFESSIONAL's consultant, OWNER will obtain the same,' and if such waiver forms
are required of any Subcontractor, CONTRACTOR will obtain the same.
GC-13
Page 13 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Revision Date
Auqust 2001
Receipt and Application of Proceeds:
5.12. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will be
adjusted with OWNER and made payable to OWNER as trustee for the insureds, as their interests may
appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph 5.13. OWNER shall
deposit in a separate account any money so received and shall distribute it in accordance with such
agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special agreement is reached, the damaged Work
shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof, and the Work and the cost
thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment.
Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds
5.13. OWNER, as trustee, shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one
of the parties in interest shall object in writing within fifteen days after the occurrence of loss to OWNER's
exercise of this power. If such objection be made, OWNER, as trustee, shall make settlement with the
insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If required in writing by any
party in interest, OWNER as trustee shall, upon the occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for the proper
performance of such duties.
Acceptance of Insurance:
5.14. If OWNER has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the insurance
required to be purchased and maintained by CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraphs 5.3 and 5.4 on
the basis of its not complying with the Contract Documents, OWNER shall notify CONTRACTOR in writing
thereof within ten days of the date of delivery of such certificates to OWNER in accordance with paragraph
2.7. If CONTRACTOR has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the policies of
insurance required to be purchased and maintained by OWNER in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7
on the basis of their not complying with the Contract Documents,.CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER in
writing thereof within ten days of the date of delivery, of such certificates to CONTRACTOR in accordance with
paragraph 2.7. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall each provide to the other such additional information in
respect of insurance provided by each as the other may reasonably request. Failure by OWNER or
CONTRACTOR to give any such notice of objection within the time provided shall constitute acceptance of
such insurance purchased by the other as complying with the Contract Documents.
Partial Utilization-Property Insurance:
5.15. If OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to
Substantial Completion of all the Work, such use or occupancy may be accomplished in accordance with
paragraph 14.10 provided that no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the
property insurance have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected the changes in coverage neces-
sitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or
policies, but the property insurance shall not be canceled or lapse on account of any such partial use or
occupancy.
Indemnification
5.16.1. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, PROGRAM MANAGER, and its
employees and agents from and against all liabilities,. claims, suits, demands, damages, losses, and
GC-14
Page 14 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Revi.1.cQ n~t.e
August 2001
expenses, including attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from the performance of its Work, provided that
any such liability, claim, suit, demand, damage, loss, or expense (a) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness,
disease or death, or injury to or destruction of tangible property, including the loss of use resulting therefrom
and (b) is caused in whole or in part by an act or omission of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, anyone
directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, whether or
not it is caused in whole or in part by the negligence or other fault of a party indemnified hereunder.
5.16.2. In any and all claims against OWNER or any of its agents or employees by any employee of
CONTRACTOR, any SUBCONTRACTOR, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone
for whose <:lcts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under the previous paragraph shall
not be limited in any way as to the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for
CONT~CTOR or any SUBCONTRACTOR under workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts. or
other employee benefit acts.
5.16.3. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER and anyone directly or indirectly
employed by it from and against all claims, suits, demands, damages, losses expenses (including attorneys'
fees) arising out of any infringement on patent or copyrights held by others and shall defend all such claims in
connection with any alleged infringement of such rights.
GC-15
Page 15 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Revision Oat.e
AUgust. 2001
ARTICLE 6-CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
6.1. CONTRACTOR shall supervise and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such
attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means,
methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible
for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or
procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents.
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the finished Work complies accurately with the Contract
Documents.
6.2. CONTRACTOR shall keep on, the Work, at all times during its. progress, a competent resident
superintendent, who shall not be replaced without written notice to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL except
under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be CONTRACTOR's representative at the site and
shall have authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR. All communications to the superintendent shall be as
binding as if given to CONTRACTOR.
Labor, Materials and Equipment:
6.3. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and layout the
Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at all times
maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except in connection with the safety or protection of persons or
the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract
Documents, all Work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours, and CONTRACTOR will not
permit evening work or the performance of Work on Saturday, Sunday or any legal holiday without OWNER's
written consent given after prior written notice to PROFESSIONAL.
6.4. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, CONTRACTOR shall furnish and
assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and
machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light. heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities
and all other facilities and incidentals whether temporary or permanent necessary for the execution, testing,
initial operation, and completion of the Work as required by the Contract Documents.
6.5. All materials and equipment shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in
the Contract Documents. If required by PROFESSIONAL. CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence
(including reports of required tests) as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and
equipment shall be applied. installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with
the instructions of the applicable Supplier except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents; but no
provision of any such instructions will be effective to assign to PROFESSIONAL, or any of PROFESSIONAL's
consultants, agents or employees, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of
the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of paragraph 9.14 or
9.15.
Adjusting Progress Schedule:
6.6. CONTRACTOR shall submit to PROFESSIONAL for acceptance to the extent indicated in
paragraph 2.9 adjustments in the progress schedule to reflect the impact thereon of new developments;
these will conform generally to the progress schedule then in effect and additionally will comply with any
provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto.
GC-16
Page 16 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Rev1.Sion DaCe
A.ugust 2001
Substitutes or "Or-Equar Items:
6.7.1. Whenever materials or equipment are specified or described in the Contract Documents by
using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the naming of the item is intended to
establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the name is followed by words indicating that no
substitution is permitted, materials or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by PROFESSIONAL if
sufficient information is submitted by CONTRACTOR to allow PROFESSIONAL to determine that the material
or equipment proposed is equivalent or equal to that named. The procedure for review by PROFESSIONAL
will include the following as supplemented in the General Requirements. Requests for review of substitute
items of material and equipment will not be accepted by PROFESSIONAL from anyone other than
CONTRACTOR. If CONTRACTOR wishes to furnish or use a substitute item of material or equipment,
CONTRACTOR shall make written application to PROFESSIONAL for acceptance thereof, certifying that the
proposed substitute will perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general
design, be similar and of equal substance to that specified and be suited to the same use as that specified.
The application will state that the evaluation and acceptance of the proposed substitute will not prejudice
CONTRACTOR's achievement of Substantial Completion on time, whether or not acceptance of the substitute
for use in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other
direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute and
whether or not incorporation or use of the substitute in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any
license fee or royalty. All variations of the proposed substitute from that specified will be identified in the
application and available maintenance, repair and replacement service will be indicated. The application will
also contain an itemized estimate of all costs that will result directly or indirectly.from acceptance of such
substitute, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by the resulting change, all of
which shall be considered by PROFESSIONAL. In evaluating the proposed substitute, PROFESSIONAL may
require CONTRACTOR to furnish, at CONTRACTOR's expense, additional data about the proposed
substitute.
6.7.2. If a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is indicated in
or required by the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method,
sequence, technique or procedure of construction acceptable to PROFESSIONAL, if CONTRACTOR submits
sufficient information to allow PROFESSIONAL to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that
indicated or required by the Contract Documents. The procedure for review by PROFESSIONAL will be similar
to that provided in paragraph 6.7.1 as applied by PROFESSIONAL and as may be supplemented in the Gen-
eral Requirements.
6.7.3. PROFESSIONAL will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposed
substitute. PROFESSIONAL will be the sole judge of acceptability and no substitute will be ordered, installed
or utilized without PROFESSIONAL's prior written acceptance which will be evidenced by either a Change
Order or an approved Shop Drawing. OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish, at CONTRACTOR's
expense, a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. PROFESSIONAL will
record time required by PROFESSIONAL and PROFESSIONAL's consultants in evaluating substitutions
proposed by CONTRACTOR and in making changes in the Contract Documents occasioned thereby.
Whether or not PROFESSIONAL accepts a proposed substitute, CONTRACTOR shall reimburse OWNER for
the charges of PROFESSIONAL and PROFESSIONAL's consultants for evaluating each proposed substitute.
Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others:
6.8.1. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization
(including those acceptable to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL as indicated in paragraph 6.8.2) whether initially
or as a substitute, against whom OWNER or PROFESSIONAL may have reasonable objection.
CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to
furnish or perform any of the Work against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection.
GC-17
Page 17 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Revision Date
August 2001
6.8.2. If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers or
other persons or organizations including those who are to furnish the principal items of materials and
equipment to be submitted to OWNER prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement for acceptance by
OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and if CONTRACTOR has submitted a list thereof in accordance with the
Supplementary Conditions, OWNER's or PROFESSIONAL's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make
written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the bidding documents or the
Contract Documents) of any such Subcontractor, Suppiier or other person or organization so identified may be
revoked on the basis of reasonable objection after due investigation, in which case CONTRACTOR shall
submit an acceptable substitute, the Contract Price will be increased by the difference, and the cost
occasioned by such substitution and an appropriate Change Order will be issued or Written Amendment
signed. No acceptance by OWNER or PROFESSIONAL of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person
or organization shall constitute a waiver of any right of OWNER or PROFESSIONAL to reject defective Work.
6.9. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL for all acts and
omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any
of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR just as CONTRACTOR is responsible for
CONTRACTOR's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual
relationship between OWNER or PROFESSIONAL and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or
organization, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of OWNER or PROFESSIONAL to payor to see to
the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization except as
may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations.
6.10. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not
control CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be
performed by any specific trade.
6.11. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a Subcontractor will be pursuant to an appropriate
agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor which specifically binds the Subcontractor to the
applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of OWNER and PROFESSIONAL
and contains waiver provisions as required by paragraph 5.11. CONTRACTOR shall pay each Subcontractor a
just share of any insurance moneys received by CONTRACTOR on account of losses under policies issued
pursuant to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7.
Patent Fees and Royalties:
6.12. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use
in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or
device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and
hold harmless OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them
from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses including attorneys' fees and court and arbitration
costs arising out of any infringement on patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of
the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device
not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged
infringement of such rights.
Permits:
6.13. CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all construction permits, licenses, governmental
charges and inspection fees, and all public utility charges which are applicable and necessary for the
execution of the Work. All permit costs shall be included in the base bid. Permits, if any, that are provided and
paid for by OWNER are listed in the Supplementary Conditions. Any delays associated with the permitting
GC-18
Page 18 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ReV1S.10n Date
AUlJU3t 2001
process will be considered for time extensions only and no damages or additional compensation for delay will
be allowed.
Laws and Regulations:
6.14.1. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to
furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and
Regulations, neither OWNER nor PROFESSIONAL shall be responsible for monitoring CONTRACTOR's
compliance with any Laws or Regulations.
6.14.2. If CONTRACTOR observes that any of the Contract Documents are contradictory to such
laws, rules, and regulations, it will notify the Project Manager promptly in writing. Any necessary changes shall
then be adjusted by an appropriate Change Order. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work that it knows or
should have known to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations and without such notice to
the Project Manager, it shall b~ar all related costs.
Taxes:
6.15. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required to be paid in
accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the
performance of the Work.
Use of Premises:
6.16. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment .
and the operations of workers to the Project site and land and areas identified in and permitted by the Contract
Documents and other land and areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, rights-of-way, permits and
easements. CONTRACTOR shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or
other materials or equipment. Any loss or damage to CONTRACTOR's or any Subcontractor's equipment is
solely at the risk of CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any
such land or area, or to the OWNER or occupant thereof or of any land or areas contiguous thereto, resulting
from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made against OWNER or PROFESSIONAL by any
such OWNER or occupant because of the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly attempt
to settle with such other party by agreement or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or at law.
CONTRACTOR shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold OWNER
harmless from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including, but not limited to, fees of
PROFESSIONAls, architects, attorneys and other professionals and court and arbitration costs) arising
directly, indirectly or consequentially out of any action, legal or equitable, brought by any such other party
against OWNER to the extent based on a claim arising out of CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work.
6.17. During the progress of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall keep the premises free from
accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris or contaminants resulting from the Work. At the
completion of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about
the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials,
and shall leave the site clean and ready for occupancy by OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall restore to original
condition all property not desi~nated for alteration by the Contract Documents.
GC-19
Page 19 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
:tevi.sion OaCe
AUgust:. 2001
6.18. CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner
that will endanger the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to
stresses or pressures that will endanger them.
Record Documents:
6.19. Contractor shall keep at the site and in good order one record copy of the Contract Documents
and all Drawings and Specifications. These documents shall be annotated on a continuing basis to show all
changes made during the construction process. These shall be available to PROFESSIONAL and the Project
Manager and shall be submitted with the Application for Final Payment.
Safety and Protection:
6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety
precautions and programs in connection with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall assume all risk of loss for stored
equipment or materials, irrespective of whether CONTRACTOR has transferred the title of the stored
equipment or materials to OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and
shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to:
6.20.1. all employees on the Work and other persons and organizations who may be affected
thereby; .
6.20.2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or
off the site; and
6.20.3. other property at the site or adjacent thereto. including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks,
pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or
replacement in the course of construction.
CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction
for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and
maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNERs of
adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility OWNERs when prosecution of the Work may affect
them. and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property.
All damage, injury or loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6.20.2 or 6.20.3 caused, directly or
indirectly, in whole or in part. by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or
organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for
whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss
attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or
PROFESSIONAL or anyone employed by either of them or anyone for whose acts either of them may be
liable, and not attributable. directly or indirectly, in whole or in part. to the fault or negligence of CON-
TRACTOR). CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for the safety and protection of the Work shall
continue until such time as all the Work is completed and PROFESSIONAL has issued a notice to OWNER
and CONTRACTOR in accordance, with paragraph 14.13 that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise
expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion).
6.21. CONTRACTOR shall designate a responsible member of its organization whose duty shall be the
prevention of accidents at the site. This person shall be CONTRACTOR's superintendent unless otherwise
designated in writing by CONTRACTOR to the Project Manager.
Emergencies:
GC-20
Page 20 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Rcvi~1on Date
Auqust 2001
6.22. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site
or adjacent thereto, CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or authorization from.PROFESSIONAL or
OWNER, is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. CONTRACTOR shall give
PROFESSIONAL prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the Work or
variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If PROFESSIONAL determines that a
change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken in response to an emergency, a
Work Change Directive or Change Order be issued to document the consequences of the changes or
variations.
6.22.1. CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify PROFESSIONAL of all events involving injuries to
any person on the Site, whether or not such person was engaged. in the construction of the Project, and shall
file a written report on such person( s) and any other event resulting in property damage of any amount within
five (5) days of the occurrence. .
6.22.2. If PROFESSIONAL detennines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because
of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency, a Change Order will be issued to
document the consequences of such action.
Shop Drawings and Samples:
6.23. After checking and verifying all field measurements, CONTRACTOR shall promptly submit to
PROFESSIONAL for approval, in accordance with the accepted schedule of submittals, all submittals and
samples required by the Contract Documents. All submittals and samples shall have been checked by and
stamped with the approval of CONTRACTOR and identified as PROFESSIONAL may require. The data
shown on or with the submittals will be complete with respect to dimensions, design criteria, materials and any
other information necessary to enable PROFESSIONAL to review the submittal as required. At the time of
each submission, CONTRACTOR shall give notice to PROFESSIONAL of all deviations that the submittal or
sample may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents.
6.24. PROFESSIONAL shall review and approve submittals and samples. Professional's review and
approval shall be only for conformance with the design concept of the Project and compliance with the
information given in the Contract Documents. The approval of a separate item as su~h will not indicate
approval of the assembly in which the item functions. CONTRACTOR will make any corrections required by
PROFESSIONAL and resubmit the required number of corrected copies until approved. CONTRACTOR's
stamp of approval on any submittal or sample shall constitute its representation to PROFESSIONAL and
OWNER that CONTRACTOR has determined and verified all quantities, dimensions, field construction
criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data, and that each submittal or sample has been reviewed or
coordinated with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents.
6.24.1. No Work requiring a submittal or sample submission shall commence until the submission
has been approved by PROFESSIONAL. A copy of each approved submittal and each approved sample shall
be kept in good order by CONTRACTOR at the site and shall be available to PROFESSIONAL and OWNER.
Any delays associated with the submittal process will be considered for time extensions only, and no damages
or additionai compensation for delay will be allowed.
6.24.2. Before submission of each Shop Drawing or sample, CONTRACTOR shall have detennined
and verified all quantities, dimensions, specified perfonnance criteria, installation requirements, materials,
catalog numbers and similar data with respect thereto and reviewed or coordinated each Shop Drawing or
sample with other Shop Drawings and samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract
Documents.
GC-21
Page 21 of 52
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
RevisiOQ D.te
AU,iJUst 2001
6.24.3. At the time of each submission, CONTRACTOR shall give PROFESSIONAL specific written
notice of each variation that the Shop Drawings or samples may have from the requirements of the Contract
Documents,and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing submitted to
PROFESSIONAL for review and approval of each such variation.
6.26. PROFESSIONAL will review and approve with reasonable promptness Shop Drawings and
samples, but PROFESSIONAL's review and approval will be only for conformance with the design conceptof
the Project and for compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents and shall not extend to
means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a specific means,
method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is indicated in or required by the Contract
Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item
as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions.
6.27. PROFESSIONAL's approval of submittals or samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from
responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has,
in writing, called PROFESSIONAL's attention to each such variation at the time of submission and the
OWNER has given written approval to the specific deviation; any such approval by PROFESSIONAL shall not
relieve CONTRACTOR .from responsibility for errors or omissions in the submittals.
6.28. Where a shop drawing or sample is required by the Contract Documents or the schedule of
shop drawings and sample submissions accepted by PROFESSIONAL as required, any related work
performed prior to PROFESSIONAL's review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole
expense and responsibility of CONTRACTOR.
Continuing the Work:
6.30. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all
disputes or disagreements with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any
disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by paragraph 15.6 or as CONTRACTOR and OWNER may
otherwise agree in writing.
Cleaning Up:
6.31. CONTRACTOR shall maintain the site free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and
other debris or contaminants resulting from the work on a daily basis or as required. At the completion of the
work, CONTRACTOR shall remove all waste materials, rubbish, and debris from the site as well as all tools,
construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and will leave the Site clean and ready for
occupancy by OWNER. All disposal shall be in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. In addition
to any other rights available to OWNER under the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR's failure to maintain
the site may result in withholding of any amounts due CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR will restore to original
condition those portions of the site not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents.
Indemnification:
6.32. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and
hold harmless OWNER, PROGRAM MANAGER and PROFESSIONAL and their consultants, agents and
employees from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses, direct, indirect or consequential
(including but not limited to fees and charges of PROGRAM MANAGER, PROFESSIONAls, architects,
attorneys and other PROFESSIONAls and court and arbitration costs) arising out of or resulting from the
performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, damage, loss or expense (a) is attributable to bodily
GC-22
Page 22 of 52
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Revision Dat.e:
Auqust 2001
injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself)
including the loss of use resulting therefrom and (b) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or
omission of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by
any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable,
regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder or arises by or is imposed by
Law and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such party.
6.33. In any and all claims against OWNER, PROGRAM MANAGER or PROFESSIONAL or any of
their consultants, agents or employees by any employee of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any person or
organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for
whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.32 shall not be limited
in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for
CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor or other person or organization under.wc;>rkers' or workmen's
compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts.
6.34. The obligations of CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.32 shall not extend to the liability of
PROFESSIONAL, PROFESSIONAL's consultants, agents or employees arising out of the preparation or
approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs or specifications.
GC-23
Page 23 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Revision O..te
August. 2001
ARTICLE 7-0THER WORK
Related Work at Site:
7.1. OWN ER may perform other work related to the Project at the site by OWN ER's own forces, have
other work performed by aided OWNERs or let other direct contracts therefor which shall contain General
Conditions similar to these. If the fact that such other work is to be performed was not noted in the Contract
Documents, written notice thereof will be given to CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such other work, and, if
CONTRACTOR believes that such performance will involve additional expense to CONTRACTOR or requires
additional time and the parties are unable to agree as to the extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim
therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12.
,
7.1.2. CONTRACTOR shall afford each utility OWNER and other contractor who is a party to such a
direct contract for OWNER, if OWNER is performing the additional work with OWNER's employees, proper
and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and
equipment and the execution of such work, and shall properly connect and coordinate the Work with theirs.
CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several
parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work
of others by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the
written consent of PROFESSIONAL and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and
responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility OWNERs and other
contractors to the extent thatthere are comparable provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR in said direct
contracts between OWNER and such utility OWNERs and other contractors.
7.2. If any part of CONTRACTOR's Work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of
any such other contractor or utility OWNER (or OWNER), CONTRACTOR shall inspect and promptly report to
PROFESSIONAL in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such work that render it unavailable or
unsuitable for such proper execution and results. CONTRACTOR's failure so to report will constitute an
acceptance of the other work as fit and proper for integration with CONTRACTOR's Work except for latent or
nonapparent defects and deficiencies in the other work.
Coordination:
7.4. If OWNER contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project atthe site, the
person or organization who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the
various prime contractors will be identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the specific matters to be
covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized, and the extent of such authority and
responsibilities will be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. Unless otherwise provided in the
Supplementary Conditions, neither OWNER nor PROFESSIONAL shall have any authority or responsibility in
respect of such coordination. .
GC-24
Page 24 of 52
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
levisiOD OAte
Auqust 2001
ARTICLE 8-0WNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
8.1. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, OWNER shall issue all
communications to CONTRACTOR through the PROGRAM MANAGER or PROFESSIONAL.
8.2. In case of termination of the employment of PROFESSIONAL, OWNER shall appoint a
PROFESSIONAL against whom CONTRACTOR makes no reasonable objection, whose status under the
Contract Documents shall be that of the former PROFESSIONAL. Any dispute in connection with such
appointment shall be subject to arbitration.
8.3. OWNER shall furnish the data required of OWNER under the Contract Documents promptly and
shall make payments to CONTRACTOR promptly after they are due as provided in paragraphs 14.4 and
14.13.
8.4. OWNER's duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing Engineering surveys
to establish reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4.1 and 4.4. Paragraph 4.2 refers to OWNER's
identifying and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface
conditions at the site and in existing structures which have been utilized by PROFESSIONAL in preparing the
Drawings and Specifications.
8.5. OWNER's responsibilities in respect of purchasing and maintaining liability and property
insurance are set forth in paragraphs 5.5 throligh 5.8.
8.6. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in paragraph 10.3.
8.7. OWNER's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests and approvals is set forth in
paragraph 13.4.
8.8. In connection with OWNER's right to stop Work or suspend Work, see paragraphs 13.10 and
15.1. Paragraph 15.2 deals with OWNER's right to terminate services of CONTRACTOR under certain
circumstances.
GC-25
Page 25 of 52
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
rtevision Date
August 2001
ARTICLE 9-PROFESSIONAL'S STATUS DURING
CONSTRUCTION
OWNER's Representative:
9.1. PROFESSIONAL will be OWNER's representative during the construction period. The duties and
responsibilities and the limitations of authority of PROFESSIONAL as OWNER's representative during
construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of
OWNER and PROFESSIONAL.
Visits to Site:
9.2. PROFESSIONAL will make visits to the site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of
construction to observe the premises and quality of the executed Work and to determine, in general, if the
Work is proceeding in accordance with the Co.ntract Documents. PROFESSIONAL will not be required to
make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work.
PROFESSIONAL's efforts will be directed toward providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that
the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and on-site
observations as an experienced and qualified design PROFESSIONAL, PROFESSIONAL will keep OWNER
informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard OWNER against defects and deficiencies in
the Work.
Project Representation:
9.3. If OWNER and PROFESSIONAL agree, PROFESSIONAL will furnish a Resident Project
Representative to assist PROFESSIONAL in observing the performance of the Work. The duties,
responsibilities and limitations of authority of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be
as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. If OWNER designates another agent to represent OWNER at
the site who is not PROFESSIONAL's agent or employee, the duties, responsibilities and limitations of
authority of such other person will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions.
Clarifications and Interpretations:
9.4. PROFESSIONAL shall issue such written clarifications or interpretations of the Contract
Documents (in the form of Drawings or otherwise) as may be determined necessary, or as reasonably
requested by CONTRACTOR, which shall be consistellt with or reasonably inferable from the overall intent of
the Contract Documents. If CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification and interpretation entitles it to
an increase in the Contract Price and/or Contract Time, CONTRACTOR may make a claim as provided for in
Articles 11 or 12.
Authorized Variations in Work:
9.5. PROFESSIONAL may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the
Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and are
consistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order
and will be binding on OWNER and also on CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If
CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order justifies an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the
Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may
make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. or 12.
GC-26
Page 26 of 52
I
1
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I;
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Revi.sicD Dat.e
AulJU!lt 2001
Rejecting Defective Work:
9.6. PROFESSIONAL will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which PROFESSIONAL
believes to be defective and will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as
provided in paragraph 13.9, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed.
Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments:
9.7. In connection with PROFESSIONAL's responsibility for Shop Drawings and samples,see
paragraphs 6.23 through 6.29 inclusive. .
9.8. In connection with PROFESSIONAL's responsibilities as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11
and 12.
9.9. In connection with PROFESSIONAL's responsibilities in respect of Applications for Payment,
etc., see Article 14.
Determinations for Unit Prices:
9.10. PROFESSIONAL will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work
performed by CONTRACTOR. PROFESSIONAL will review with CONTRACTOR PROFESSIONAL's
preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation
of an Application for Payment or otherwise). PROFESSIONAL's written decisions thereon will be final and
binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, unless, within ten days after the date of any such decision, either
OWNER or CONTRACTOR delivers to the other party to the Agreement and to PROFESSIONAL written
notice of intention to appeal from such a decision.
Decisions on Disputes:
9.11. PROFESSIONAL will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents
and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims. disputes and other matters relating to the
acceptability of the Work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the
performance and furnishing of the Work and claims under Articles 11 and 12 in respect of changes to the
Contract Price or Contract Time will be referred initially to PROFESSIONAL in writing with a request for a
formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. which PROFESSIONAL will render in writing within a
reasonable time. Written notice of each such claim, dispute and other matter will be delivered by the claimant
to PROFESSIONAL and the other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event later than thirty days after
the occurrence of the event giving rise thereto) and written supporting data will be submitted to
PROFESSIONAL and the other party within sixty days after such occurrence unless 'PROFESSIONAL allows
an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim.
9.12. When functioning as interpreter and judge under paragraphs 9.10 and 9.11, PROFESSIONAL
will not show partiality to OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation
or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by PROFESSIONAL pursuant
to paragraphs 9.10 and 9.11 with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter (except any which have
been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided in pa~l::lraph 14.16) will be a condition
GC-27
Page 27 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
1
Rev1.aion DAt.e
AUqu:st. 2001
precedent to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise
have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other
matter.
Limitations on PROFESSIONAL's Responsibilities:
9.13. Neither PROFESSIONAL's authority to act under this Article or elsewhere in the Contract
Documents nor any decision made in good faith to exercise such authority shall give rise to any duty or
responsibility of PROFESSIONAL to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any of their agents or employees.
9.14. PROFESSIONAL shall not be responsible for the construction means, methods, techniques,
sequences, or procedures or the safety precautions and programs used. PROFESSIONAL shall not be
responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
9.15. PROFESSIONAL shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR, any
Subcontractors, any agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the Work.
GC-28
Page 28 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
Revi.sion Date
Auqust 2001
ARTICLE 10-CHANGES IN THE WORK
10.1. Without invalidating the Contract, OWNER may at any time or from time to time order additions,
deletions, or revisions in the Work.' The OWNER shall provide CONTRACTOR with a proposal request,
identifying the Work to be added, deleted or revised. Upon receipt, CONTRACTOR shall promptly submit a
written proposal for the changed work prepared in accordance with Articles 11 and 12. If the proposal request
calls only for the deletion of Work, the OWNER may order the partial suspension of any Work related to the
proposed deletion, in which case CONTRACTOR must cease performance as directed; CONTRACTOR shall
not be entitled to claim lost profits on deleted work. All changed Work shall be executed under the applicable
conditions of the Contract Documents.
10.2. Additional Work performed by CONTRACTOR without authorization of a Change Order will not
entitle CONTRACTOR to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, except in the
case of an emergency as provided in Article 6. The effect of this paragraph shall remain paramount and shall
prevail irrespective of any conflicting provisions contained in these Contract Documents.
10.3. Upon agreement as to changes in the Work to be performed, Work performed in an emergency
as provided in Article 6, and any other claim of CONTRACTOR for a change in the Contract Time or the
Contract Price, PROFESSIONAL will prepare a written Change Order to be signed by PROFESSIONAL and
CONTRACTOR and submitted to OWNER for approval.
10.4. In the absence of an agreement as provided in 10.3, OWNER may, at its sole discretion, issue a
Work Change Directive to CONTRACTOR. Pricing of the Work Change Directive will be in accordance with
Section 11.3. The Work Change Directive will specify a price, and if applicable a time extension, determined
to be reasonable by OWNER. If CONTRACTOR fails to sign such Work Change Directive, CONTRACTOR
may submit a claim in accordance with Articles 11 and 12, but CONTRACTOR shall nevertheless be obligated
to fully perform the work as directed by the Work Change Directive.
10.5. CONTRACTOR shall proceed diligently with performance of the Work as directed by OWNER,
regardless of pending claim actions, unless otherwise agreed to in writing.
1 0.6. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract
Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of any
Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be CONTRACTOR's responsibility, and the
amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly.
GC-29
Page 29 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~evis1on Date
Auqust 2001
ARTICLE 11-CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE
11.1. The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to written authorized
adjustments) payable to CONTRACTOR for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations
assigned to or undertaken by CONTRACTOR shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense without change in the
Contract Price.
11.2. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any
claim for an increase or decrease in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice delivered by the party
making the claim to the other party and to PROFESSIONAL promptly (but in no event later than thirty days)
atter the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of
the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless
PROFESSIONAL allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim)
and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the amount claimed covers all known amounts
. (direct, indirect and consequential) to which the claimant IS entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event.
All claims for adjustment in the Contract Price shall be determined by PROFESSIONAL in accordance with
paragraph 9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree on the amount involved. No claim for
an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph 11.2.
11.3. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the
Contract Price will be determined by the following procedures:
11.3.1. Designated Unit Price (Field Measure). CONTRACTOR and OWNER recognize and
acknowledge that the quantities shown for those items designated in the Bid Proposal as unit price items are
approximations prepared by OWNER for bid purposes and that the actual compensation payable to
CONTRACTOR for the utilization of such items is based upon the application of unit prices to the actual
quantities of items involved as measured in the field and required to complete the Work as originally defined in
the Contract Documents.
11.3.2. When it is determined by OWNER that an addition, deletion, or revision to the Work, as
defined in these Contract Documents, is required and affects the quantities required for items designed in the
Bid Proposal as unit price items, CONTRACTOR and OWNER agree that the compensation payable to
CONTRACTOR for such unit price items shall be adjusted accordingly by a Change Order based upon the
application of the appropriate unit prices shown in the Bid Proposal to the quantity of the unit price item
required to complete the Work as defined in the Contract Documents.
11.3.3. Other Unit Prices. For items not designated in the I;>id proposal as unit prices, OWNER and
CONTRACTOR may establish unit prices as agreed on by Change Order.
11.3.4. lump Sum. When it is determined by OWNER that an addition, deletion or revision to the
Work is required which results in a change in Work designated in the Bid Proposal as a lump sum item, the
amount of increase or decrease in the lump sum price shall be established by mutual agreement of the
parties.
. 11.3.5. If the pricing methods specified in 11.3 are inapplicable. or if the parties are unable to agree on
a price for the changed work, a reasonable price for the same shall be established by OWNER in accordance
with 11.4 and 11.5. OWNER shall then process a unilateral Change Order, specifying the said reasonable
price, in accordance with 11.4 through 11.6. CONTRACTOR shalf perform the Work as directed in the
GC-30
Page 30 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Revis10n Oat..
August. 2()Q1
Change Order.
11.3.6. Failure on the part of CONTRACTOR to construct any item to plan or authorized dimensions
within the specification tolerances shall result in: reconstruction to acceptable tolerances at no additional costs
to OWNER; acceptance at no pay; or acceptance at reduced final pay quantity or reduced unit price, all at the
discretion of OWNER. Determinations of aggregate monetary change for items identified as lump sum
quantities shall be made by OWNER based upon an analysis of the scope of CONTRACTOR's failure to
construct to plan or authorized dimensions.
Cost of the Work:
,
11.4. The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by
CONTRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by
OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall
include only the following items and shall not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.5:
11.4.1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the
Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Payroll costs for
employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the
.Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits
which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise and payroll taxes, workers' or
workmen's compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay
applicable thereto. Such employees shall include superintendents and foremen at the site. The expenses of
performing Work after regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday or legal holidays, shall be included in the
above to the extent authorized by OWNER.
11.4.2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of
transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash
discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with which to
make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to OWNER. Trade discounts, rebates and
refunds and all returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to OWNER, and
CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may be obtained.
11.4.3. Payments made by CONTRACTOR to the Subcontractors for Work performed by
Subcontractors. If required by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors
acceptable to CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to OWNER who then determines, with the advice of
PROFESSIONAL, which bids will be accepted. If a subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid
on the basis of Cost of the Work Plus a Fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work shall be determined in the
same manner as CONTRACTOR's Cost of the Work. All subcontracts shall be subject to the other provisions
of the Contract Documents insofar as applicable.
11.4.4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects; testing
laboratories, surveyors, attorneys and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work.
11.4.5. Supplemental costs including the following:
11.4.5.1. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel and subsistence expenses of CONTRAC-
TOR's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work.
GC-31
Page 31 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ltevi.sion o.U:e
August. 2001
11.4.5.2. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment,
machinery, appliances, office and temporary facilities at the site and hand tools not owned by the workers,
which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost less market value of such items used but not
consumed which remain the property of CONTRACTOR.
11.4.5.3. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery and the parts thereof whether rented
from CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by OWNER with the advice of
PROFESSIONAL, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, installation, dismantling and removal
thereof-all in accordance with terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery
or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work.
11.4.5.4. Sales, consumer, use or similar taxes related to the Work, and for which CONTRACTOR is
liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations.
11.4.5.5. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or
anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty
payments and fees for permits and licenses.
11.4.5.6. Losses and damages (and related expenses), not compensated by insurance or otherwise,
to the Work or otherwise sustained by CONTRACTOR in connection with the performance and furnishing of
the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established by
OWNER in accordance with paragraph 5.6) provided they have resulted from causes other than the
negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or
for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent
and approval of OWNER. No such losses, damages and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work
for the purpose of determining CONTRACTOR's Fee. If, however, any such loss or damage requires
reconstruction and CONTRACTOR is placed in charge thereof, CONTRACTOR shall be paid for services a
fee proportionate to that stated in paragraph 11.6.2.
11.4.5.7. The cost of utilities, fuel and sanitary facilities at the site.
11.4.5.8. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the
site, expressage and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work.
11.4.5.9. Cost of premiums for additional Bonds and insurance required because of changes in the
Work and premiums of property insurance coverage within the limits of the deductible amounts established by
OWNER in accordance with paragraph 5.6.
11.5. The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following:
11.5.1. Payroll costs and other compensation of CONTRACTOR's officers, executives, principals (of
partnership and sole proprietorships), general managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys,
auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expeditors, timekeepers, clerks and other
personnel employed by CONTRACTOR whether at the site or in CONTRACTOR's principafor a branch office
for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job
classifications referred to in paragraph 11.4.1 or specifically covered by paragraph 11.4.4-all of which are to be
considered administrative costs covered by CONTRACTOR's Fee.
11.5.2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR's principal area branch offices other than CONTRACTOR's
GC-32
Page 32 of 52
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R~vi5ion Date
Auqw;t 20~U
office at the site.
11.5.3. Any part of CONTRACTOR's capital expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR'S capital
used for the Change Order Work and charges against CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments.
11.5.4. Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all insurance whether or not CONTRACTOR is
required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain the same (except for the cost of premiums
covered by subparagraph 11.4.5.9 above).
11.5.5. Costs due to the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or
indirectly, employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to,
the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied ~nd making good any
damage to property.
11.5.6. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not
specifically and expressly included in paragraph 11.4.
CONTRACTOR's Fee:
11.6. CONTRACTOR's Fee allowed to CONTRACTOR for overhead and profit shall be determined
as follows:
11.6.1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee, or if none can be agreed upon;
11.6.2. a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work:
11.6.2.1. for costs incurred under paragraphs 11.4.1 and 11.4.2, CONTRACTOR's Fee shall be
fifteen percent,
11.6.2.2. for costs incurred under paragraph 11.4.3, CO~TRACTOR's Fee shall five percent; and if a
subcontract is on the basis of Cost of the Work Plus a Fee, the maximum allowable to CONTRACTOR on
account of overhead and profit of all Subcontractors shall be fifteen percent,
11.6.2.3. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under paragraphs 11.4.4, 11.4.5 and
11.3,
11.6.2.4. the amount of credit to be allowed by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any su<;h change
which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease plus a deduction in
CONTRACTOR's Fee by an amount equal to ten percent of the net decrease, and
11.6.2.5. when both additions and credits are involved in anyone changer the adjustment in CON-
TRACTOR's Fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with paragraphs 11.6.2.1 .
through 11.6.2.4, inclusive.
11.7. For all changes, CONTRACTOR shall submit an itemized cost breakdown, together with
supporting data in such detail and form as prescribed by the Project Manager. When a credit is due, the
amount of credit to be allowed by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any such change which results in a net
GC-33
Page 33 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Revi5ion Date.
Auqun. 20P1
decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in direct cost as determined by the Project
Manager, plus the applicable reduction in overhead and profit. When both additions and credits are involved
in any change, the combined overhead and profit shall be calculated on the basis of the net change, whether
an increase or decrease. In any event, the minimum detail shall be an itemization of all man-hours required by
discipline/trade with the unit cost per man-hour and total labor price, labor burden, equipment hours and rate
for each piece of equipment, material by units of measure and price per unit, other costs specifically itemized,
plus the overhead and profit markup.
Cash Allowances:
11.8. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included in the Contract Price all allowances so
named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be done by such Subcontractors or
Suppliers and for such sums within the limit of the allowances as may be acceptable to PROFESSIONAL .
CONTRACTOR agrees that:
11.8.1. The allowances include the cost to CONTRACTOR (less any applicable trade discounts) of
materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the site and all applicable taxes; and
11.8.2. CONTRACTOR's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs,
overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract
Price and not in the allowances. No demand for additional payment on account of any thereof will be valid.
Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by PROFESSIONAL to
reflect actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract
Price shall be correspondingly adjusted.
Unit Price Work:
11.9.1. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work,
initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the
established unit prices for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of
each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not
guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price.
Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR
will be made by PROFESSIONAL in accordance with Paragraph 9.10.
11.9.2. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be
adequate to cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each separately identified item.
11.9.3. Where the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs
materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement and there is no
corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work and if CONTRACTOR believes .that
CONTRACTOR has incurred additional expense as a result thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim for an
increase in the Contract Price in accordance with Article 11 if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount
of any such increase. .
GC-34
Page 34 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
itevi.,icn Date
Auqusr. 20.01
ARTICLE 12-CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME
12.1. The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order. Any request for an extension in
the Contract Time shall be made in writing and delivered to PROFESSIONAL and OWNER within seven (7)
calendar days of the occurrence first happening and resulting in the claim. Written supporting data will be
submitted to PROFESSIONAL and OWNER within fifteen (15) calendar days after such occurrence unless the
OWNER allows additional time. All claims submitted by CONTRACTOR for adjustments to the Contract Time
must set forth in detail the reasons for and causes of the delay and clearly indicate why the subject delay was
beyond CONTRACTOR's control or fault.
12.2. If CONTRACTOR is delayed at any time in the performance, progress, commencement, or
completion of the Work by any act or neglect of OWNER or PROFESSIONAL, or by an ~mployee of either, or
by any separate CONTRACTOR employed by OWNER, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor
disputes, fire, unavoidable casualties, utility conflicts which could not have been identified or foreseen by
CONTRACTOR using reasonable diligence, or any causes beyond CONTRACTOR's control or fault, then the
Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as OWNER may determine.
CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to an extension of time for such causes only for the number of days of delay
which OWNER may determine to be due solely to such causes and only to the extent such occurrences
actually delay the completion of the Work and then only if CONTRACTOR shall have strictly complied with all
the requirements of the Contract Documents. Provided, however, notwithstanding anything in the Contract
Documents to the contrary, no interruption, interference, inefficiency, suspension or delay in the performance,
progress, commencement or completion of the Work for any cause whatsoever, including those for which
OWNER or PROFESSIONAL may be responsible in whole or in part, shall relieve CONTRACTOR of its duty
to perform or give rise to any right to damages or additional compensation from OWNER. CONTRACTOR's
sole and exclusive remedy against OWNER for interruption, interference, inefficiency, suspension or delay of
any aspect of the Work shall be the right to seek an extension to the Contract Time in accordance with the
procedures set forth herein.
GC-35
Page 35 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Revision DatI!;
Auqust 20!?1
ARTICLE 13-WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE; TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: CORRECTION,
REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
Warranty and Guarantee:
13.1. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to OWNER that all materials and equipment will be
new unless otherwise specified and that all work will be of good quality, performed in a workmanlike manner,
free from faults or defects, and in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and any
inspections, tests, or approvals referred to in this Article. All unsatisfactory Work, all faulty Work and all Work
not conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents or such inspections, tests, approvals, or all
applicable building, construction and safety requirements shall be considered defective.. Notice of all defects
shall be given to CONTRACTOR by PROFESSIONAL. All defective work, whether or not in place, may be
rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article:
Access to Work:
13.2. For the duration of the Work, PROFESSIONAL and its representatives, other designated
representatives of OWNER, and authorized representatives of any regulatory agency shall at all times be
given access to the Work. CONTRACTOR shall provide proper facilities for such access and observation of
the Work and also for any inspection or testing by others.
Tests and Inspections:
13.3. If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public authority
having jurisdiction require any Work to specifically be inspected, tested, or approved by someone other than
CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall give PROFESSIONAL timely notice of readiness therefore.
13.4. The testing firm(s) (if assigned by OWNER to this Work) and all such inspections, tests, or
approvals provided for by OWNER shall be identified in writing by PROFESSIONAL to CONTRACTOR. All
other inspections, tests or approvals shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense including additional expenses for
inspection and tests required as a result of delays by CONTRACTOR or hours worked in excess of 40 hours
per week. For all required inspections, tests, and approvals on any Work prepared, performed, or assembled
away from the site, CONTRACTOR will furnish PROFESSIONAL with the required Certificates of Inspection,
testing, or approval. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society
for Testing and Materials or such other appliCable organizations as may be required by law or the Contract
Documents. Materials or Work in place that fail to pass acceptability tests shall be retested at the direction of
PROFESSIONAL and at CONTRACTOR's expense.
13.5. All inspections, tests or approvals other than those required by Laws or Regulations of any
public body having jurisdiction shall be performed by organizations acceptable to OWNER and
CONTRACTOR (or by PROFESSIONAL if so specified).
13.6. If any Work (including the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered
without written concurrence of PROFESSIONAL, it must, if requested by PROFESSIONAL, be uncovered for
observation. Such uncovering shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense unless CONTRACTOR has given
PROFESSIONAL timely notice of CONTRACTOR's intention to cover the same and PROFESSIONAL has not
acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice.
GC-36
Page 36 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~evl~ion DaCe
Auqust 20~1
13.7. ,Neither observations by PROFESSIONAL or Project Manager nor inspections, tests, or
approvals by persons other than CONTRACTOR shall relieve CONTRACTOR of its obligations to perform the
Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
Uncovering Work:
13.8. If any Work required to be inspected, tested or approved is covered prior thereto without the
prior written approval of PROFESSIONAL, or if any Work is covered contrary to the request of
PROFESSIONAL, the Work shall, if requested by PROFESSIONAL, be uncovered for observation, inspection,
testing or approval and replaced at CONTR.ACTOR's expense.
13.9. If PROFESSIONAL considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by
PROFESSIONAL or inspected or tested by others, CONTRACTOR, at PROFESSIONAL's request, shall
uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as PROFESSIONAL may
require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is
found that such Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall bear all direct and consequential costs of such
uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory reconstruction (including but not
limited to fees and charges of PROFESSIONALs, architects, attorneys and other PROFESSIONALs), and
OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price and, if the parties are unable to
agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If, however,
such Work is not found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or
an extension of the Contract Time, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation,
inspection, testing and reconstruction, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent
thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12.
OWNER May Stop the Work:
13.10. When Work is defective or when CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workmen or
suitable materials or equipment or make prompt payments to Subcontractors for labor, materials, or
equipment or if CONTRACTOR violates any provisions of these Contract Documents, OWNER may order
CONTRACTOR to stop the Work until the cause for such order has been eliminated. However, this right of
OWNER to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of OWNER to exercise this right for the
benefit of CONTRACTOR or any other party. CONTRACTOR shall have no right to claim an increase in the
Contract Price or Contract Time or other damages for a stop work order under this paragraph.
Correction or Removal of Defective Work:
13.11. When directed by PROFESSIONAL, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER
and as specified by PROFESSIONAL, either correct the defective Work whether fabricated, installed, or
completed, or remove it from the site and replace it with non-defective Work. If CONTRACTOR does not
correct such defective Work or remove and replace such defective Work within a reasonable time, as
specified in a written notice from PROFESSIONAL, OWNER may have the deficiency corrected. All direct and
indirect costs of such correction shall be paid by CONTRACTOR or deducted from payment to
CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR will also bear the expense of correcting or removing and replacing all Work
of others destroyed or damaged by the correction, removal, or replacement of the defective Work.
GC-37
Page 37 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Revision Date
August. 20.01
One Year Correction Period:
13.12. If, after approval of final payment and prior to the expiration of one year after the date of
substantial completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any
applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents, any Work or materials are found to be
defective, incomplete, or otherwise not in accordance with the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall
promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written instructions, either correct such
defective Work or if it has been rejected by OWN ER, remove it from the Site and replace it with non-defective
Work. If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, OWNER may have
the defective Work corrected, removed, or replaced. All direct, indirect and consequential costs of such
removal and replacement (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and
other professionals) will be paid by CONTRACTOR.
Acceptance of Defective Work:
13.13. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, OWNER
(and, prior to PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of final payment, PROFESSIONAL) prefers to accept it,
OWNER may do so. CONTRACTOR shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential costs attributable to
OWNER's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by
PROFESSIONAL as to reasonableness and to include but not be limited to fees and charges of engineers,
architects, attorneys and other professionals). If any such acceptance occurs prior to PROFESSIONAL's
recommendation of fillal payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the
Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the
Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim
therefor as provided in Article 11. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate
amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER.
OWNER May Correct Defective Work:
13.14. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after written notice of PROFESSIONAL to
proceed to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by PROFESSIONAL in
accordance with paragraph 13.11, or if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR falls to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents,
OWNER may, after seven days' written notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In
exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph, OWNER shall proceed expeditiously, to the extent
necessary to complete corrective and remedial action. OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part
of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend CONTRACTOR's services related thereto,
take possession of CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances; construction equipment and machinery at the site and
incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid
CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER, OWNER's
representatives, agents and employees such access to the site as may be necessary to enable OWNER to
exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All direct, indirect and consequential costs of OWNER
in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against CONTRACTOR in an amount approved as to
reasonableness by PROFESSIONAL, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary
revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate
decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may
make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. Such direct; indirect and .consequential costs will include, but
not be limited to, fees and charges of engineers, architects, attomeys and other professionals, all court costs
GC-38
Page 38 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
Revi.sl0D, Date
Auqust 20Pl
and all costs' of repair and replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or
replacement of CONTRACTOR's defective Work. CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the
Contract Time because of any delay in performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by OWNER of
OWNER's rights and remedies hereunder.
Neglected Work by CONTRACTOR
I
13.15. If CONTRACTOR neglects to execute the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents,
including any requirements of the progress schedule, PROFESSIONAL may direct CONTRACTOR to submit
a recovery plan and take specific corrective actions including, but not limited to, employing additional workmen
and/or equipment, and working extended hours and additional days, all at no cost to OWNER in order to put
the Work back on schedule. If CONTRACTOR fails to correct the deficiency or take appropriate corrective
action, OWNER may terminate the contract or CONTRACTOR's right to proceed with that portion of Work and
have the Work done by others. The cost of completion under such procedure shall be charged against
CONTRACTOR. A Change Order shall be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in. the Contract
Documents, including an appropriate reduction in the Contract Price. If the payments due CONTRACTOR are
not sufficient to cover such amount, CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER.
13.16. Should CONTRACTOR work overtime, weekends or holidays to regain the schedule, all costs
to OWNER of associated inspection, construction management and resident engineers shall be identified to
CONTRACTOR and the Contract Price reduced by a like amount via Change Order.
GC-39
Page 39 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Revision Date
August 2091
ARTICLE 14-PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION
Schedule of Values:
14.1. The schedule of values established as provided in 2.9 will serve as the basis for progress
payments and will be incorporated into a form of application for Payment acceptable to Project Manager.
Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed.
Application for Progress Payment:
14.2. At least twenty (20) calendar days before the date established for each progress payment (but
not more often than once a month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to PROFESSIONAL for review an application
for Payment filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR covering the work completed as of the date of the
application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If
payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and
suitably stored at the site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be
accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other documentation warranting that OWNER has received the
materials and equipment free and clear of all liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered
by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protect OWNER's interest therein, all of which
will be satisfactory to OWNER. Payment is subject to a ten percent (10%) retainage that will be held until the
final payment or acceptance by OWNER. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be
as stipulated in the Agreement.
CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title:
14.3. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to allWork, materials and equipment
covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to OWNER no
later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens.
Review of Applications for Progress Payment:
14.4. PROFESSIONAL will, within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of each Application for
Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the application to OWNER, or
return the application to CONTRACTOR indicating in writing PROFESSIONAL's reasons for refusing to
recommend payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit
the application. OWNER shall, within thirty-one calenc!ar days of presentation to him of the application for
payment with PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of the amount for payment, pay CONTRACTOR amount
recommended.
14.5. PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment
will constitute a representation by PROFESSIONAL to. OWNER, based on PROFESSIONAL's on-site
observations of the Work in progress as an experienced and qualified design PROFESSIONAL and on PROF-
ESSIONAL's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that the Work
has progressed to the point indicated; that,. to the best of PROFESSIONAL's knowledge, information and
belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents subject to. an evaluation of the
Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests
called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price
GC-40
Page 40 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
RevLI1cn Date
:~uqust 20.01
Work under paragraph 9.10, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation; and that
CONTRACTOR is entitled to payment of the amount recommended. However, by recommending any such
payment, PROFESSIONAL will not thereby be deemed to have represented that exhaustive or continuous
on-site inspections have been made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work beyond the
responsibilities specifically assigned to PROFESSIONAL in the Contract Documents or that there may not be
other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by
OWNER or OWNER to withhold payment to CONTRACTOR.
14.6. PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of finai payment will constitute an additional representation
by PROFESSIONAL to OWNER that the conditions precedent to CONTRACTOR's being entitled to final
payment as setforth in paragraph 14.13 have been fulfilled.
14.7. PROFESSIONAL may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in
PROFESSIONAL's opinion, it would be incorrect to make such representations to OWNER. PROFESSIONAL
may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the
'results of subsequent inspections or tests, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent
as may be necessary in PROFESSIONAL's opinion to protect OWNER from loss because:
14.7.1. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or
replacement.
14.7.2. the Contract Price has been reduced by Written Amendment or Change Order.
14.7.3. OWNER has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with
paragraph 13.14. or
14.7.4. of PROFESSIONAL's actual knowledge of the occurrence of any ofthe events enumerated in
paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.9 inclusive.
OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by PROFESSIONAL because claims
have been made against OWNER on account of CONTRACTOR's performance or furnishing of the Work or
liens have been filed in connection with the Work or there are other items entitling OWNER to a off-set
against the amount recommended, but OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate written notice (with a
copy to PROFESSIONAL) stating the reasons for such action.
Substantial Completion:
14.8. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work ready for its intended use, CONTRACTOR
shall notify OWNER and PROFESSIONAL in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for
items specifically listed by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that PROFESSIONAL issue a
certificate of Substantial Completion. Within a reasonable time thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and
PROFESSIONAL shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If
PROFESSIONAL does not consider the Work substantially complete, PROFESSIONAL will notify
CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If PROFESSIONAL considers the Work substantially
complete, PROFESSIONAL will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate of Substantial
Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a
tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. OWNER shall have seven days after
receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to PROFESSIONAL as to any
GC-41
Page 41 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Revi.sion Date
Auqu.5t. 2001
provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections, PROFESSIONAL concludes
that the Work is not substantially complete, PROFESSIONAL will, within fourteen days after submission of the
tentative certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing stating the reasons therefor. If, after
consideration of OWNER's, objections, PROFESSIONAL considers the Work substantially complete,
PROFESSIONAL will within said fourteen days execute and deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a
definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or
corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as PROFESSIONAL believes justified after
consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial
Completion, PROFESSIONAL will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to
division of responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to
security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance and warranties. Unless OWNER and
CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform PROFESSIONAL prior to PROFESSIONAL's issuing
the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, PROFESSIONAL's aforesaid recommendation will be
binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR until final payment.
14.9. OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of
Substantial Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct
items on the tentative list.
Partial Utilization:
14.10. Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i)
has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) OWNER, PROFESSIONAL, and
CONTRACTOR agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by
OWNER for its intended purpose without significant interference with CONTRACTOR's performance of the
remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work subject to the
following:
14.10.1. OWNER at any time may request CONTRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any
such part of the Work which OWNER believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete: If
CONTRACTOR agrees, CONTRACTOR will certify to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL that said part of the
Work is substantially complete and request PROFESSIONAL to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion
for that part of the Work. CONTRACTOR at any time may notify OWNER and PROFESSIONAL in writing that
CONTRACTOR considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and
request PROFESSIONAL to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a
reasonable time after either such request, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and PROFESSIONAL shall make an
inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If PROFESSIONAL does not consider
that part of the Work to be substantially complete, PROFESSIONAL will notify OWNER and CONTRACTOR,
in writing, giving the reasons therefor. If PROFESSIONAL considers that part of the Work to be substantially
complete, the provisions of paragraphs 14.8 and 14.9 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial
Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. .
14.10.2. OWNER may at any time request CONTRACTOR, in writing, to permit OWNER to take over
operation of any such part of the Work although it is not substantially complete. A copy of such request will be
sent to PROFESSIONAL and, within a reasonable time thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and
PROFESSIONAL shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion, and
PROFESSIONAL will prepare a list of the items remaining to be completed or corrected thereon before final
payment If CONTRACTOR does not object in writing to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL that such part of the
GC-42
Page 42 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Revi.sion Da.te
Auquat 2001
Work is not ready for separate operation by OWNER, PROFESSIONAL will finalize the list of items to be
completed or corrected and will deliver such list to OWNER and CONTRACTOR together with a written
recommendation as to the division of responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER and
CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance, utilities, insurance, warranties and
guarantees for that part of the Work which will become binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR at the time
when OWNER takes over such operation (unless they shall have otherwise agreed in writing and so informed
PROFESSIONAL). During such operation and prior to Substantial Completion of such part of the Work,
OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on said list and to
complete other related Work.
14.10.3. No occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work will be accomplished prior to
compliance with the requirements of paragraph 5.15 in respect of property insurance.
14.10.4. OWNER, may at its discretion, reduce the amount of retainage subject to Beneficial
Occupancy.
Final Inspection:
14.11. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed upon portion
thereof is complete, PROFESSIONAL will make a final inspection with OWNER and CONTRACTOR and will
notify CONTRACTOR in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or
defective. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to remedy such defi-
ciencies.
Final Application for Payment:
14.12. After CONTRACTOR has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of
PROFESSIONAL and OWNER and delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance
and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required
by 5.2, certificates of inspection, marked-up record documents and other documents, CONTRACTOR may
make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments, The final Application for
Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the
Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required, (ii) consent of the surety,
if any, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to OWNER) of
all liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of liens and as
approved by OWNER, CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or release in full and an affidavit of
CONTRACTOR that (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and equipmentforwhich
a lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with
the Work for which OWNER or OWNER's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or
otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full,
CONTRACTOR may furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against
any lien.
14.12.1. No application for final payment will be accepted by OWNER until approved as-built
documents by CONTRACTOR are accepted and approved by PROFESSIONAL.
GC-43
Page 43 of 52
'..
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Revision Date
Auqu$~ 20.01
14.12.2. Notwithstanding any other provision of these contract documents to the contrary, OWNER
and PROFESSIONAL are under no duty or obligation whatsoever to any vendor, materials provider,
Subcontractor, laborer or other party to ensure that payments due and owing by CONTRACTOR to any of
them are or will be made. Such parties shall rely only on CONTRACTOR's surety bonds for remedy of
nonpayment by him. CONTRACTOR agrees to defend and resolve all claims made by Subcontractors,
indemnifying OWNER and PROFESSIONAL for all claims arising from or resulting from Subcontractor or
supplier or material men or laborer services in connection with this project.
14.12.3. General Indemnity: CONTRACTOR shall indemnify OWNER and PROFESSIONAL for any
damages sustained, including lost profits, resulting from CONTRACTOR's failure or refusal to perform the
work required by these contract documents.
Final Payment and Acceptance:
14.13. If, on the basis of PROFESSIONAL's observation of the Work during construction and final
inspection and PROFESSIONAL's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying
documentation as required by the Contract Documents, PROFESSIONAL is satisfied that the Work has been
completed and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled,
PROFESSIONAL will, within ten (10) working days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in
writing PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER for payment.
At the same time PROFESSIONAL will also give written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the Work
is acceptable subject to the provisions of 14.6. Otherwise, PROFESSIONAL will return the application to
CONTRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case
CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. After the presentation to
OWNER of the application and accompanying documentation, in appropriate form and substance and with
PROFESSIONAL's recommendation and notice of acceptability, the amount recommended by
PROFESSIONAL will become due and will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR.
14.14. If, through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and
if PROFESSIONAL so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of CONTRACTOR's final Application for
Payment and recommendation of PROFESSIONAL and withoutterminating the Agreemen~ make payment of
the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held
by OWNER for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Contract and
if bonds have been furnished as required in Article 5, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the
balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by CONTRACTOR
to PROFESSIONAL with the application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and
conditions governing final payment, excepUhat it shall not constitute a waiver of claims.
CONTRACTOR's Continuing Obligation:
14.15. CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents shall be absolute. Neither recommendation of any progress or final
payment by PROFESSIONAL, nor the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion, nor
any payment by OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents, nor any use or
occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by OWNER, nor any act of acceptance by OWNER
nor any failure to do so, nor any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or sample
submission, nor the issuance of a notice of acceptability by PROFESSIONAL pursuant to
paragraph 14.13, nor any correction of defective Work by OWNER will constitute an
GC-44
Page 44 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Revision [).ate
Auqust. 2001
acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of
CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents
(except as provided in paragraph 14.16).
Waiver of Claims:
, 14.16. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute:
14.16.1. A waiver of all claims by OWNER against CONTRACTOR, except claims arising from
unsettled liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to 14.11, from failure to comply
with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from
CONTRACTOR's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and
14.16.2. A waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than those previously made
in writing and still unsettled.
GC-45
Page 45 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
aevlsion Date
Auqust. 20~1
ARTICLE 15--SUSPENSION OF WORK AND
TERMINATION
OWNER May Suspend Work:
15.1. OWNER may, at any time and without cause, suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a
period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing to CONTRACTOR and PROFESSIONAL which will fix
the date on which Work will be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fix~d.
CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or
both, directly attributable to any suspension if CONTRACTOR makes an approved claim therefor as provided
in Articles 11 and 12.
Termination For Cause:
15.2. Upon the occurrence of anyone or more of the following events:
15.2. 1. if CONTRACTOR commences a voluntary case under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code
(Title 11, United States Code), as now or hereafter in effect, or if CONTRACTOR takes any equivalent or
similar action by filing a petition or otherwise under any other federal or state law in effect at such time relating
to the bankruptcy or insolvency;
15.2.2. if a petition is filed against CONTRACTOR under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code as now
or hereafter in effect at the time of filing, or if a petition is filed seeking any such equivalent or similar relief
against CONTRACTOR under any other federal or state law in effect at the time relating to bankruptcy or
insolvency;
15.2.3. if CONTRACTOR makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;
15.2.4. if a trustee, receiver, custodian or agent of CONTRACTOR is appointed under applicable law
or under contract, whose appointment or authority to take charge of property of CONTRACTOR is for the
purpose of enforcing a Lien against such property or for the purpose of general administration of such property
for the benefit of CONTRACTOR's creditors;
15.2.5. if CONTRACTOR admits in writing an inability to pay its debts generally, as they become due;
15.2.6. if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents
(including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficientskilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or
failure to adhere to the progress schedule established under paragraph 2.9 as revised from time to time);
15.2.7. if CONTRACTOR disregards Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction;
15.2.8. if CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of PROFESSIONAL; or
15.2.9. if CONTRACTOR otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract
Documents,
OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR (and the surety, ifthere be one) seven days' written notice and to
the extent permitted by Laws and Regul~tions, terminate the services of CONTRACTOR, exclude
GC-46
Page 46 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.1
I
I
I
I
I
Revision Oat:iI!'
Auquat 20~1
CONTRACTOR from the site and take possession of the Work and of all CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances,
construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by
CONTRACTOR (without liability to CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all
materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are
stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as OWNER may deem expedient. In such case CONTRACTOR shall
not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract
Price exceeds the direct, indirect and consequential costs of completing the Work (including but not limited to
fees and charges of PROFESSIONAls, architects, attorneys and other PROFESSIONAls and court and
arbitration costs) such excess will be paid to CONTRACTOR. If such costs exceed such unpaid balance,
CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER. Such costs incurred by OWNER will be approved as to
reasonableness by PROFESSIONAL and incorporated in a Change Order, but when exercising any rights or
remedies under this paragraph, OWNER shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work
performed.
15.3. In the event OWNER terminates the contract for cause and it is subsequently judicially
determined that there was no cause for termination, the termination for convenience provision will be the
means for disposition of the balance of the contract obligations.
Termination for Convenience
15.4. Upon seven working days' written notice to CONTRACTOR and PROFESSIONAL, OWNER
may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of OWNER, elect to terminate the
Contract. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication of any items):
15.4.1. For completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents
prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such
Work;
15.4.2. For expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and
furnishing labor, materials or equipment .as. required by the Contract Documents in connection with
uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses;
15.4.3. For all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with
Subcontractors, suppliers and others; and .
15.4.4. For reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination.
CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss
arising out of or resulting from such termination.
15.5. Where CONTRACTOR's services have been so terminated by OWNER, the termination will
not affect any rights or remedies of OWNER against CONTRACTOR then existing or which may thereafter
accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due CONTRACTOR by OWNER will not release
CONTRACTOR from liability.
CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate:
15.6. If through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the Work is suspended for a period of more than
GC-47
Page 47 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Revision Dat.e
;wqust 20.01
ninety calendar days by OWNER or under an order of court or other public authority, or PROFESSIONAL fails
to act on any Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted or OWNER fails for thirty-one days
to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, then CONTRACTOR may upon seven working
days' written notice to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and provided OWNER or PROFESSIONAL did not
remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from OWNER
payment on the same terms as provided in 15.2. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to
any other right or remedy, if PROFESSIONAL has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty days
after it is submitted or OWNER has failed for thirty-one calendar days after it is submitted to pay
CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, CONTRACTOR may upon seven days' written notice to
OWNER and PROFESSIONAL stop the Work until receipt of payment of all such amounts due
CONTRACTOR, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to preclude
CONTRACTOR from making claim under Articles 11 and 12 for an increase in Contract Price or Contract
Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to CONTRACTOR's stopping Work as
permitted by this paragraph. The provisions of this paragraph shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of the
obligations under paragraph 6.30 to carry on the Work in accordance with the progress schedule and without
delay during disputes and disagreements with OWNER.
GC-48
Page 48 of 52
/
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~evisi<m Dace
Auqust. 20.01
ARTICLE 16-DISPUTE RESOLUTION
16.1. All disputes arising under this Contract or its interpretation whether involving law or fact or both,
or extra work, and all claims for alleged breach of contract shall within ten (10) working days of the
commencement of the dispute be presented by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for decision. All papers
pertaining to claims shall be filed in quadruplicate. Such notice need not detail the amount of the claim but
shall state the facts surrounding the claim in sufficient detail to identify the claim, together with its character
and scope. In the meantime, CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the Work as directed. Any claim not
presented within the time limit specified in this paragraph shall be deemed to have been waived, except that if
the claim is of a continuing character and notice of the claim is not given within ten (10) working days of its
commencement, the claim will be considered only for a period commencing ten (10) working days prior to the
receipt by OWNER of notice thereof. Each decision by OWNER will be in writing arid will be mailed to
CONTRACTOR by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, directed to his last known address.
16.2 All claims, disputes and other matters in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR
arising out of, or relating to, the Contract Documents or the breach thereof shall be decided under Georgia
Law in the Superior Court of Richmond County, Georgia. CONTRACTOR by execution of the Contract
consents to jurisdiction and venue in the Superior Court of Richmond County, Georgia, and waives any right to
contest same.
GC-49
Page 49 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Re.visiCQ Date
August 20.01
ARTICLE 17 -MISCELLANEOUS
Giving Notice:
17.1. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will
be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to
an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail,
postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice.
Computation of Time:
17.2.1. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed
to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a
Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law ofthe applicable jurisdiction, such day will be
omitted from the computation.
17.2.2. A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured from midnight to the next midnight shall
constitute a day.
General:
17.3. Should OWNER or CONTRACTOR suffer injury or damage to person or property because of
any error, omission or act of the other party or of any of the other party's employees or agents or others for
whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim should be made in writing to the other party within a
reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph 17.3 shall
not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or
repose.
17.4. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies
available hereunder to the parties hereto, and, in particular but without limitation, the warranties, guarantees
and obligations imposed upon CONTRACTOR by paragraphs 6.32, 13.1, 13.12, 13.14, 14.3 and 15.2 and all
ofthe rights and remedies available to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL thereunder, are in addition to, and are
notto be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and' remedies available to any or all ofthem which,
are otherwise imposed or available by laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee or by other
provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated
specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to
which they apply. All representations, warranties and guarantees made in the Contract Documents will survive
final payment and termination or completion of the Agreement.
17.5. CONTRACTOR shall keep adequate records and supporting documentation applicable to this
Work and Contract. Said records and documentation shall be retained by CONTRACTOR for a minimum of
five (5) years from the date of final completion or termination of this Contract. OWNER shall have the right to
audit, inspect, and copy all such records and documentation as often as OWNER deems necessary during the
period of the Contract and for a period of five (5) years thereafter provided , however, such activity shall be
conducted only during normal business hours. OWNER, during this period oftime, shall also have the rightto
obtain a copy of and otherwise inspect any audit made at the direction of CONTRACTOR as concerns the
aforesaid records and supporting documentation.
GC-50
Page 50 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Revision Date
Auqust 20.01
17.6. The Contract Documents are intended by the Parties to, and do, supersede any and all
provisions of the Georgia Prompt Pay Act, O.C.G.A. Section 13-11-1, et seq. In the event any provision of the
Contract Documents are inconsistent with any provision of the Prompt Pay Act, this provision of the Contract
Documents shall control.
17.7. Notwithstanding any provision of the law to the contrary, the parties agree that no interest
shall be due Contractor on any sum held as retainage pursuant to the Contract Documents and
CONTRACTOR specifically waives any claim to same.
Substitutions:
17.8. Notwithstanding any provision of these general conditions, there shall be no substitutions of
materials that are not determined to be equivalent to those indicated or required in the contract documents
without an amendment to the contract.
Sanitary Sewer Overflow Prevention:
17.9. Procedures to Prevent Overflows During Sanitary Sewer Construction:
17.9.1 The CONTRACTOR is hereby notified that the discharge of any untreated wastewater to
waters of the State is a violation of Georgia Water Quality Regulations and is prohibited.
17.9.2 The CONTRACTOR will submit an Emergency Response Plan prior to beginning work. This
plan will include a list of key personnel with 24-hour contact information who will respond during an emergency
situation. The ERP will include estimates of mobilization time for a response crew to arrive onsite. Any
changes to the Emergency Response Plan will be submitted to the RESIDENT PROJECT
REPRESENTATIVE prior to implementation.
17.9.3 In the event bypass pumping is required to facilitate new sewer construction, bypassing plans
and supporting calculations must be submitted to the Augusta Utilities Department for review prior to
establishment of the bypass. All bypass systems will include complete redundancy in pumping systems, if
failure of the primary pumping system could result in a discharge of untreated wastewater to waters of the
State.
17.9.4 Bypass pumping will be monitored continuously by a person knowledgeable in pump operation
and maintenance if the failure of the bypass pump could result in the discharge of untreated wastewater to
waters of the State.
17.9.5 In the event of a discharge of untreated wastewater, the CONTRACTOR will take the following
actions:
t. Take immediate steps to eliminate or minimize the discharge of untreated wastewater.
2. Immediately notify the Utilities Department dispatcher (706.796.5000) and the RESIDENT
PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE (contact information will be provided at the preconstruction
conference).
3. Maintain a chronicle of relevant information regarding the incident including specific actions taken
by the CONTRACTOR and estimates of the discharge volume.
17.9.6 The RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE will coordinate notification of the Georgia
Environmental Protection Division (800.241.4113) and the Augusta Emergency Management Agency if
GC-51
Page 51 of 52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
Revi$ioD. Da~e
August 2001
appropriate.
, 17.9.7 If, in the opinion of the RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE and the OWNER, the
CONTRACTOR is not responding to an emergency situation in an appropriate manner, the Utilities
Department will undertake necessary actions to abate an overflow situation. The cost of these actions will be
the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. - '
17.9.8 Following a discharge of untreated wastewater, a downstream inspection will be conducted by
the Utilities Department to assess potential mitigation measures that may be required of the CONTRACTOR.
PROGRAM MANAGER:
17.10 The PROGRAM MANAGER for the project is CH2M HILL, 360 Bay Street, Suite 100 Augusta,
GA 30901. '
The presence or duties of PROGRAM MANAGER's personnel at the construction site, whether as onsite
representatives or otherwise, do not make PROGRAM MANAGER or PROGRAM MANAGER's personnel in
any way responsible for those duties that belong to OWNER and lor the CONTRACTOR or other entities, and
do not relieve the CONTRACTOR or any other entity of their obligations, duties, and responsibilities, including,
but not limited to, all construction methods, means, techniques, sequences, and procedures necessary for
coordinating and completing all portions of the construction work in accordance with the construction Contract
Documents and any health and safety precautions required by such construction work.
PROGRAM MANAGER and PROGRAM MANAGER's personnel have no authority to exercise any control
over any construction contractor or other entity or their employees in connection with their work or any health
or safety precautions and have no duty of inspecting, noting, observing, correcting, or reporting on health or
safety deficiencies of the CONTRACTOR(s) or other entityor any other persons atthe site except PROGRAM
MANAGER's own personnel.
The presence of PROGRAM MANAGER's personnel at the construction site is for the purpose of providing to
OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed construction work will conform generally to the
construction documents and that the integrity of the design concept as reflected in the construction documents
has been implemented and preserved by the construction contractor(s). PROGRAM MANAGER neither
guarantees the performance of the construction contractor(s) nor assumes responsibility for construction
contractor's failure to perform work in accordance with the construction documents.
For this AGREEMENT only, construction sites include places of manufacture for materials incorporated into
the construction work, and construction contractors include manufacturers of materials incorporated into the
construction work .
GC-52
Page 52 of 52
I
I
1
1
1
1
1
I
I
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
1
1
I
SECTION SGC
SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS
CONTRACTOR'S LiabilityInsurance
Insurance shall be written with limits of liability shown below or as required by law, whichever
is greater:
· Commercial General Liability (per occurrence) Each Occurrence
· General Aggregate
. Products
.. Personal & Adv Injury
· Fire Damage
· Automobile Liability (any auto) Combined Single Limit
· Excess Liability (Umbrella) Each Occurrence
· Workers Compensation
· Employer Liability
$ 1,000,000
$ 2,000,000
$ 2,000,000
$1,000,000
$ 500,000
$1,000,000
$5,000,000
Statufory Limits
$ 1,000,000
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
1
I
SC - 1
SC - 2
SC - 3
SC - 4
SC - 5
SC - 6
SC - 7
SC - 8
SC - 9
SC - 10
SC - 11
SC - 12
SC - 13
SC - 14
SC - 15
SC - 16
SC - 17
SECTION SC
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
INDEX
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND DRAWINGS
CONTRACTOR'S FIELD OFFICE
TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES
BOUNDARIES OF WORK
EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES
TRAFFIC SAFETY
UTILITIES
ESTIMATE OF QUANTITIES
SURVEYS
DIMENSIONS
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS
SITE CONTAMINATION AND CHEMICALS
STORAGE OF MATERIAL
MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS
CLEANING UP
SC - 18 RESTORATION OF PROPERTY
PRIOR USE BY OWNER
SC - 19 SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION
SC - 20 MAINTENANCE OF ACCESS
SC - 1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND DRAWINGS:
The Contract Documents which form a part of this contract include Advertisement
for Bids, Information for Bidders, Bid, Bid Bond, Notice of Award, Agreement,
Payment Bond, Performance Bond, Notice to Proceed, Change Order, General
Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Technical Specifications, Drawings and
Addenda.
0603-00 SC.doc
SC-l
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION SC
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Specifications: The specifications consist of a written description of a
general and technical natur~ of materials, equipment, construction systems,
standards and workmanship, and include General Conditions, Supplemental General
Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications indexed at
the front of this bound volume of Contract Documents.
Drawings: The Engineer will furnish to the Contractor, free of charge, all
copies of the drawings and specifications reasonably necessary for the
execution of the work. Location of all features of the work included in the
contract are indicated on the contract drawings. The following drawings, dated
APRIL 2003 comprise the plans for this contract.
DRAWING NO.
TITLE
COVER SHEET
Cl
C2
Ml
M2
M3
M4
MS
M6
El
E2
LOCATION MAP AND DRAWING LIST
SOIL EROSION CONTROL PLAN
SOIL EROSION CONTROL DETAILS
YARD PIPING PLAN
VALVE PITS - PLANS AND SECTIONS
YARD PIPING PLAN DETAIL
EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DEMOLITION PLAN
MECHANICAL PLAN AND SECTIONS
MECHANICAL DETAILS
ELECTRICAL PLAN, NOTES, LEGEND AND PANEL SCHEDULE
VALVE PITS ELECTRICAL PLANS
ELECTRICAL RACK DETAIL
ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN
E3
SC - 2
CONTRACTOR'S FIELD OFFICE:
The Contractor' shall maintain a field office on the site of the work which
contains a telephone, the contract documents, and the contractor's records.
SC - 3
TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES:
Upon commencing work, the Contractor shall provide temporary screened and
shielded sanitary privies in a manner meeting the approval of the Engineer.
Facilities shall be maintained in a sanitary condition by the Contractor and in
compliance with the requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. All
temporary facilities shall be removed by the Contractor and the area returned
to its original condition prior to acceptance of the completed project.
SC - 4
BOUNDARIES OF WORK:
The Contractor shall not enter on or occupy with men, tools, equipment, or
materials, any ground outside the limits of Owner's property or construction
easements without written consent of the Owner of such property.
SC - 5
EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES:
It is mandatory that the Contractor locate all previously placed underground
installations and construction prior to his engaging in any work in areas where
such improvements may exist. The Contract drawings indicate general locations
of such existing improvements solely for the purpose of initial and general
0603-00 SC.doc
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
SC-2
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
SECTION SC
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
representation thereof. The Owner and Engineer have not verified locations of
these improvements as a basis for locations displayed on the drawings. All
utilities and improvements must be located and flagged by the Contractor prior
to cormnencing work. Flags must be maintained and based upon actual field
determinations. The Owner's project inspector must be notified before any work
begins in vicinity of existing underground improvements.
The Contractor shall be held responsible for any damage and for maintenance and
protection of existing construction and utilities. All damaged construction,
utilities or improvements shall be restored to the original or better condition
in which they were discovered.
SC - 6
TRAFFIC SAFETY:
The Contractor will be held responsible for any damages caused by negligence on
his part, or by the improper placing of or failure to display danger signs and
road lanterns; all traffic lanes will be kept open and clear at all times and
no excavated material or equipment will be. placed on pavement during
construction.
SC - 7
UTILITIES:
The Contractor shall provide for temporary utilities for construction
operations. Potable water is available from hydrants. The Contractor shall
make provisions for telephone service with the phone company. Electric power
for construction operations shall be provided by the Contractor by arrangement
with the appropriate power company. The Contractor shall make suitable
arrangements to provide fuel for temporary heating and/or other construction
operations as necessary.
SC - 8
ESTIMATE OF QUANTITIES:
Estimated quantities of work to be done and materials to be furnished under
this Contract if shown in any of the documents including the BID, are given
only to indicate approximately the scope of the Contract; variation of the
quantities reasonably necessary to complete the work contemplated by this
Contract shall, in no way, vitiate this Contract, nor shall any such variation
give cause for claims or liability for damages.
0603-00 SC.doc
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
SC-3
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION SC
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
SC - 9 SURVEYS:
The Contractor shall make his own surveys and establish his own working lines
and grades from the basic reference lines established by the Engineer.
SC - 10 DIMENSIONS:
Dimensions shown in figures or which can be determined by computation from
other figures shown, shall take precedence over dimensions scaled from the
drawings. When the work of the Contractor is affected by finished dimensions,
these shall be determined by the Contractor at the site and he shall assume the
responsibility thereof.
SC 7 11 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL:
The Contractor will be required to schedule his work and perform operations in
such a manner that siltation and bank erosion will be minimized during all
phases of construction. Any areas disturbed during the course of construction
shall be restored to a condition equal or better than the original condition.
Grassing of disturbed areas shall be the minimum acceptable restoration. Silt
control devices such as straw bale fences and/or silt fence weight filter
fabric shall be installed to limit migration of silt to the water courses.
Erosion Control devices such as mats, grass, mulch, and crushed stone shall be
installed to protect adjoining areas from soil contamination. Compliance with
the guidelines of the Manual for Erosion and Sedimentation Control in Georgia,
pursuant to the Erosion and Sedimentation Act of 1975, shall apply as though
fully set forth herein.
The Contractor shall procure a Land Disturbing Permit from: Augusta-Richmond
Planning Commission, 525 Telfair Street, Augusta, GA 30911. As a part of the
permitting process, the Contractor shall provide his construction schedule of
land disturbing work and shall include a plan of the temporary measures to be
in place during construction. An employee of the prime Contractor shall be
designated as the work site Erosion and Sediment Control Supervisor who is to
be responsible for timely installation of erosion and sediment control measures
and who shall provide early detection and correction of erosion, sediment, and
flooding problems and who shall have full (24 hr) access to the
personnel, equipment, materials, means and measures to ensure correction of \
routine and or special deficiencies.
Permanent er-osion control measures for this site include moderate slopes,
pavement, and permanent grassing. The Contractor shall strive to expedite
completion of the permanent measures and shall keep the temporary measures in
place until a satisfactory grass cover is established. Sediment and erosion
control materials shall be as specified in Section T1, Site Work and Section
T19 Grassing.
An erosion control and sediment containment (E&S) allowance limit is included
as a supplementary bid price. Where installed quantities of acceptable E&S
measures result in an overrun of the E&S allowance limit an upward adjustment
of the contract will be made on the basis of the total amount resulting from
installed quantities and unit prices of E&S bid items. Because this contract
considers the E&S work to be a subsidiary obligation of the base bid items, no
0603-00 SC.doc
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
SC-4
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION SC
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
downward adjustment of the base bid will be made where more efficient E&S means
result in adequate control of erosion control and containment of silt.
SC - 12 SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS:
The Contractor shall comply with the Department of Labor Safety and Health
Regulations for construction promulgated under the Occupational Safety and
Health Act of 1970 (PL91-596) and under Sec. 107 of the Contract Work Hours and
Safety Standards Act (PL91-54).
SC - 13 SITE CONTAMINATION AND CHEMICALS:
The CONTRACTOR shall prevent the construction site from being contaminated with
any substance in quantities or under circumstances prohibited by environmental
~rotection laws of the United States or the State of Georgia. The CONTRACTOR
shall be responsible to the OWNER if, at any time, state or federal authorities
make a claim or demand against the OWNER on account of contamination of the
site caused or allowed by the CONTRACTOR or any of its forces or
subcontractors,
All chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project
operation, whether herbicide, pesticide, disinfectant, polymer, reactant or of
other classification, must be registered for the purpose specified with USDA.
Use of all such chemicals and disposal of residues shall be in strict
conformance with instructions.
SC - 14 STORAGE OF MATERIALS:
Materials shall be so stored as to insure the preservation of their quality and
fitness for the work. When considered necessary, they shall be placed on
wooden platforms or other hard, clean, surfaces, and/or placed under cover.
Stores of materials shall be so located as to facilitate prompt inspection.
SC - 15 MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS:
Manufactured articles, materials and equipment shall be applied, installed,
connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned as directed by the
manufacturer unless herein specified to the contrary.
SC - 16 CLEANING UP:
The Contractor shall keep the premises free from the accumulation of waste
material and rubbish, and upon completion of the work, prior to final
acceptance of the completed project by the Owner, he shall remove from the
premises all rubbish, surplus materials, implements, tools, etc., and leave his
work in a clean condition, satisfactory to the Engineer. On a daily basis, the
work area shall be cleaned sufficiently to produce a neat appearance.
SC - 17 PRIOR USE BY OWNER:
Prior to completion of the work, the Owner (by agreement with the Contractor)
may take over the operation and/or use of portions of the project. Such use of
facilities by the Owner shall not be deemed as acceptance of any work or
relieve the Contractor from any of the requirements of the Contract Documents.
0603-00 SC.doc
SC-s
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION SC
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
SC - 18
RESTORATION OF PROPERTY:
The Contractor shall carefully restore all property defaced by the operations
or acts of any of his agents or employees. Such restoration shall include
seeding, sodding, transplanting of lawns, hedges, or ornamental plantings, and
the repair or replacement of streets, driveways, walks, fences, or other
facili ties in such a manner as to meet the approval of the Engineer. No
structures, fences or trees shall be removed without the consent of the
property owner or until condemnation procedure, if necessary, has been
completed.
Restoration of property shall commence immediately upon substantial completion
of the proposed work in the various areas of the construction site.
SC - 19 SUB-SURFACE INVESTIGATION:
Soil boring information is not available for the site.
SC - 20 MAINTENANCE OF ACCESS
The Contractor will be required to maintain vehicular and pedestrian access
to all businesses and institutions during the time they are open and to all
residential and other occupied buildings and facilities at all times.
Whenever direct entrance is blocked from one direction, suitable access shall
be provided from another location. Bridges with handrail protection will be
required for crosswalks at street intersections. It is recognized that it
will be necessary to remove bridges and block cross traffic while equipment
is in operation. The Contractor shall plan and pursue his operations so as
to minimize the time that direct entrance is blocked.
0603-00 SC. doc
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
SC-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
/~
SECTION T1
SITE WORK
SCOPE:
The work covered by this specification consists of furnishing all labor,
equipment, appliances, materials and supervision, and in performing all
operations in connection with clearing, grubbing, excavation, filling,
backfilling, grading the site, field layout, staking, and grade setting in
strict accordance with this section of the specifications, the applicable
drawings and terms and conditions of the Contract.
APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS:
The current edition of the following specifications form a part of this
specification:
American Society for Testing Materials Designation:
D 1557
D 1556
D 2167
D 2922
Modified Proctor
Sand cone method
Rubber balloon method
Nuclear methods for in place "Density".
Georgia Department of Transportation Specifications:
814
881
Soil Base Materials
Plastic Filter Fabric
GENERAL:
Operations shall be conducted in a manner that will provide for the safety of
employees and others. Existing utility lines, paving or structures to remain
shall be safeguarded and protected from damage, and supported if necessary.
Prior to any work the Contractor shall obtain necessary permits for work in the
area or shall ascertain that the perrni ts have otherwise been obtained. See
Special Conditions, Paragraph SC-9 for field layout, staking, and grade setting
requirements.
Classification of Excavation: All excavation in connection with site work will
be considered unclassified common excavation.
CLEARING:
Clearing shall consist of the felling, clearing and satisfactory disposal of
the trees and other vegetation on site together with the snags, brush and
rubbish occurring within the property lines.
GRUBBING:
Grubbing shall consist of the removal and disposal of all stumps, roots larger
than 1 1/2 inches in diameter to the depth specified, and matted roots from the
areas to be grubbed. Stumps, roots, logs or other timber 1 1/2 inches and over
in diameter, matted roots, and other debris not suitable for foundation
purposes, shall be excavated and removed to a depth not less than 18 inches
below any subgrade, shoulder or slope; and to a depth of 12 inches below finish
0603-00 TOl Site Work.doc
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
T1-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T1
SITE WORK
grade in areas to be grassed. All depressions excavated below the original
ground surface for or by the removal of stumps and roots, shall be refilled
with suitable material and compacted to make the surface conform to the
surrounding ground surface. Grubbing will not be required in areas other than
those occupied by current, and proposed construction and graded and grassed
areas.
SITE CONDITIONS:
Organic materials and loose sand or other unsuitable soil located at or below
the level of footings, pavement or under structures, shall be removed and
replaced with fill material compacted to 98% of ASTM 0-1557 (Modified Proctor).
Fill and backfill material shall consist of suitable excavated material. Where
necessary, the excavations shall be dewatered by well-pointing and the sides of
the excavation shall be fully shored and braced.
DISPOSAL OF CLEARED AND GRUBBED MATERIAL:
Merchantable Timber: All merchantable timber cut from the construction sites,
or from the rights-of-way, shall become the property of the Contractor.
Burning or Removal From Site: All timber,
wood and other refuse from the clearing
removed from the site and properly disposed
logs, stumps, roots, brush, rotten
and grubbing operations shall be
of by the Contractor.
GRADING:
General: Site grading shall consist of excavating and placing all necessary
materials outside the limits of the structure. Site grading shall be completed
when all surfaces are in conformity with the contours as shown on the drawings,
smooth, firm, containing the specified materials. Site grading shall also
include all excavation, filling and compacting required for construction of
temporary roads.
Borrow Material shall be selected from excavated on-site materials to meet the
requirements and conditions of the particular application for which it is to be
used. The material shall consist of sand soils or sand-clay soils capable of
being readily shaped and compacted to the required densities and shall be free
of roots, trash and any other deleterious material. The material shall be
obtained from on-site excavation as approved by the Engineer. Borrow material
shall be stored as necessary, and shall be graded and maintained so that
adequate and proper drainage and a neat appearance shall exist at all times.
Topsoil shall consist of a natural material that occurs in surface deposits of
limited depth, and, in general, on elevated areas, it shall be composed of
natural mixtures of clay and soil binder with sand. Topsoil shall contain not
more than 25 percent of clay and shall be free of stones larger than 2 inches
in diameter, roots, excessive vegetation, . rubbish or other deleterious matter.
The Engineer shall approve topsoil before being used on the work. Topsoil as
described, shall be excavated from all areas to be disturbed, whether for
structures, piping, site grading, or paving, and it shall be stored for later
use. Stockpiled topsoil shall be placed to afford good drainage.
OJ
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
0603-00 TOl Site Work.doc
Tl-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T1
SITE WORK
Topsoil work shall not be performed when the soil is so wet that the tilth of
the soil will be destroyed.
Rip Rap: Designated areas shall be rip rapped for a minimum of 5 square yards
each. Areas to receive rip rap shall be covered with a woven plastic filter
fabric and 4" size to 60 lbs. stone. The area to be covered shall be prepared
to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions, depressions and debris.
The fabric shall be placed with the long dimension running up the slope, and
overlapped a minimum of 1 foot at joints. Fabric shall be anchored in place
with pins of a type recommended by the fabric manufacturer, placed not more
than 3 inches from the centerline of the overlap. Fabric shall be placed
loosely so as to give and avoid stretching or tearing during placement of rip
rap. Fabric shall be protected from clogging due to clay, silt or other
contaminants and shall be cushioned with sand of sufficient depth to protect
the fabric during placement of rip rap. Stones shall be dropped not more than
3 feet during construction. Rip rap shall be placed to form a uniform surface
not less than 8 inches thick, with a tolerance of plus 4 inches.
Embankment: This item consists of placing in fills and embankments for
roadways, and other site grading work, the materials removed from the various
excavations and borrow pits, all as specified herein and in accordance with the
appropriate lines, grades, sections, contours and dimensions.
Roadways: Paved roadways shall be constructed in accordance with Augusta-
Richmond County Public Works Department specifications. Roadways shall consist
Qf a compacted subgrade and 6" of graded aggregate base. The top 8" of the
subgrade shall be compacted to 98% density as measured by Modified Proctor,
ASTM D 1557; the 6" base shall be compacted to 100% of the Modified proctor
density.
CONSTRUCTION METHODS:
General: During construction, embankments, fills and excavations shall be kept
shaped and drained. Ditches and drains along the subgrade shall be maintained
in such manner as to drain effectively at all times. Grading shall be done so
that the surface of the ground will be properly sloped to prevent water from
running into the excavations for structures or pipe lines; any water which
accumulates in excavations shall be removed promptly. Excavated materials
shall not be stockpiled within a distance from the edge of any excavation less
than 1-1/2 times the depth of the excavation. Suitable material removed from
excavation shall be used, where feasible, in the formation of embankments,
fills, subgrades, shoulders, backfills, and site grading; excess material from
excavation not required for such uses, or materials not suitable for such uses,
shall be stockpiled. Any wetting, hauling, scarifying, mixing, shaping,
rolling, tamping or other operation incidental to the following requirements,
which, in the judgment of the Engineer, are necessary to obtain the specified
results, shall be performed by the Contractor at no additional expense to the
Owner.
Site Grading: Except as otherwise specified herein, all disturbed areas on the
site shall be finished off to a uniformly smooth surface, free from abrupt,
irregular surface changes. The degree of smoothness shall be that ordinarily
0603-00 TOl Site Work.doc
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
Tl-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T1
SITE WORK
obtainable from power grader operations. The finished surface shall not be
more than 0.20 foot above or below the established grade. There shall be no
roots, wasted building materials, trash or other unsightly matter projecting
through or visible at the surface.
Ditches shall be cut accurately to line, grade, and cross section. Any
excessive ditch excavation shall be backfilled to grade with material approved
by the Engineer, consisting of suitable excavated soil, borrow or stones. The
requirements of paragraph "Site Grading" above, shall apply to ditcihes except
as follows: The degree of smoothness shall be that usually obtainable with
string line or hand raking methods; the finished surface of ditch slopes shall
not be more than 0.10 foot above or below the appropriate elevations.
Embankment: Sloping ground surface, steeper than one vertical to four
horizontal, on. which embankment or fill is to be placed, shall be plowed,
stepped, or broken up in such manner that the embankment material will bond
with the existing surface. Approved material, consisting of earth, sandy clay,
sand and gravel, clay gravel, soft shale, or other granular material (not
containing muck, trees, stumps, brush, matted roots or other clods of earth or
stones) shall be placed in horizontal layers of loose material not more than 8
inches in depth. Each layer shall be spread uniformly and tamped and compacted
to 85 percent of the density measured by Modified Proctor ASTM 01557. Tamping
shall be accomplished by sheepsfoot rollers or mechanical hand tampers. Final
compaction may be by an approved power roller weighing not less than 10 tons,
except where insufficient cover may cause damage to pipe.
INSPECTIONANO'TESTS:
The Contractor shall be responsible for the soil moisture density tests and for
the in-place tests of filled and backfilled areas. Tests shall be performed by
an independent laboratory approved by the Engineer and shall be performed in
accordance with the following: (1) Laboratory Density' Tests on soils shall
conform to ASTM 01557 or AASHTO T180, METHOD A, and (2) Field Density Tests on
soils shall accurately reflect in place density. Two Laboratory certified
copies each of the moisture density tests and the in-place tests shall be
forwarded promptly by the Laboratory to the Engineer.
Tests for in-place density shall consist of 4 laboratory tests and 10 field
density tests. The Owner will pay directly to the testing laboratory only for
tests in excess of this number, except that where they are retests on materials
that failed to meet the specifications, the retesting of rejected materials and
reinstalled work shall be done at the Contractor's expense.
The Engineer, at his discretion, may order tests and inspections to be
performed during the progress of the work, or at the completion of any
individual unit of the work, or at the time of final inspection of the entire
proj ect. Random spot checks of elevation and slopes shall be conducted by
ordinary differential level and profile methods. Random spot-checks of topsoil
thickness shall be conducted by cutting through the surface with a spade or
mattock, and measuring the thickness of topsoil exposed.
0603-00 TOl Site Work.doc
Tl-4
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION Tl
SITE WORK
GRASSING:
Areas disturbed by construction operations shall be grassed in accordance with
the GRASSING SPECIFICATION. Areas to be grassed shall be planted, maintained,
and shall utilize lime, fertilizer, proper and approved grass and mulch
sufficient to produce a cover suitable to eliminate significant erosion.
MAINTENANCE:
Inspection of site work as it is completed shall not constitute final
acceptance of the item. The Contractor shall maintain all items in such
condition as to be ready for final inspection from the time of completion until
the final acceptance of the entire project.
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL:
GENERAL:
Grading operations shall be conducted in a manner that will minimize the
exposure of disturbed soil to wind and rain. The contractor shall make every
effort to temporarily stabilize disturbed areas as soon as the desired grade
is achieved, and shall sequence operations logically such that exposed areas
are utilized for. structures or permanently stabilized in a timely manner.
All work shall be done in accordance with the latest edition of the "Manual
for Erosion and Sediment Control in Georgia".
Temporary Silt Fencing shall be installed as a minimum to inhibit the migration
of silt from the construction area. Filter fabrics free of defects or flaws
shall be installed against stable posts capable of supporting the weight of the
intercepted soil. Collapsed or overwhelmed fence shall be promptly repaired or
replaced.
Filter Fabrics Materials shall be strong rot-proof synthetic fibers formed into
a fabric of either the woven or non-woven type. Either type of fabric shall be
free of any treatment or coating which might significantly alter its physical
properties after installation. The fabric shall contain stabilizers and/or
inhibitors to make the filaments resistant to deterioration resulting from
exposure to sunlight or heat. The fabric shall be a pervious sheet of
synthetic fibers oriented into a stable network so that the fibers retain their
relative position with respect to each other under normal handling,
installation, and service conditions. Edges of the fabric shall be finished to
prevent the outer yarn from pulling away from the fabric.
During all periods of shipment and storage, the fabric shall be wrapped in a
heavy-duty protective covering which will protect the cloth from sunlight, mud,
dust, dirt, and debris. The fabric shall not be exposed to temperatures
greater than 140 degrees F.
The fabric shall meet the physical requirements called out in GA DOT
Specification 881.05.
Filter Fabric Backing, where required, shall be woven wire and attached to the
posts by wire, cord, staples, nails, or other acceptable means. The filter
fabric shall be installed in such a manner that 6 to 8 inches of fabric is left
0603-00 T01 Site Work. doc
Tl-5
'ZEL, ENGINEERS,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION Tl
. SITE WORK
at the bottom to be buried and a minimum overlap of 18 inches is provided at
all splice joints. After the fabric is installed in a trench, the trench is
then to be backfilled and compacted so that no flow can pass under the barrier.
The Wire Support Fence shall be at least 24" high and shall have at least 6
horizontal wires 4x4 Wl.4xW1.4 or equal.
Posts for Type B silt fence shall be a minimum of 3 feet long and may be soft
wood, oak or steel. Soft wood posts shall be at least 2" in dia. or 2" x 2"
nominal oak posts shall be at least 1" thick and steel shall be at. least 0.75
lb./ft.
Posts for Type C silt fence shall be a minimum of 4 feet and be made of steel
at least 1.3 lb./ft.
Wire Staples/Fasteners shall be' #17 gauge minimum and shall have a crown at
least 3/4 inch wide and legs at least 1/2 inch long. Nails for fasteners shall
be #14 gauge minimum, 1 inch long with 3/4 inch button heads. Fasteners shall
be evenly spaced with at least 4 per post.
Straw Bale
additional
installed.
anchored to
Ditch Checks: To control erosion in waterways and to provide
restriction of silt migration, temporary ditch checks shall be
Standard rectangular mechanically produced straw bales shall be
2x4x4'-0" posts set 2.5' below grade.
Removal
permanent
grass is
removed.
regraded,
of Temporary Soil Erosion and Sediment Control Measures: After
erosion control features of the work site are complete and ample
established, the temporary fences, ditch checks, etc. shall be
Silt that has collected shall be removed, or when appropriate,
stabilized, and planted.
RESTORATION OF PRIVATE PROPERTY:
The Contractor shall carefully restore all property defaced by operations or
acts of any of his agents or employees. Such restoration shall include
seeding, sodding, and transplanting of lawns, hedges or ornamental plantings,
and the repair or replacement of other private facilities in such manner as to
meet the approval of the Engineer and at no additional cost to the Owner. No
structures or trees shall be removed without the consent of the property owner
or until condemnation procedure, if necessary, has been completed.
PAYMENT:
Payment for all items covered by this section of the specifications shall be
paid in accordance with the bid item list. No other separate payment will be
made for the work by this section of the specifications and all costs in
connection therewith shall be included in the appropriate lump sum or unit
price in the bid list. All work not directly listed in the bid list shall be
considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor.
0603-00 TOl Site Work.doc
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
Tl-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T2
EXCAVATION, FILLING AND BACKFILLING
SCOPE:
The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing
all plant, labor, equipment, appliances, materials, layout staking and grade
staking and supervision, and in performing all operations in connection with
the excavation, filling and backfilling for structures and piping in strict
accordance with this section of the specifications, the applicable drawings and
terms and conditions of the Contract.
APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS:
The current edition of the following specifications form a part of this
specification:
APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS:
American Society for Testing Materials Designation:
C 33
Specifications for Concrete Aggregates
D 1557
Modified Proctor
CLASSIFICATION OF EXCAVATION:
ALL EXCAVATION SHALL BE UNCLASSIFIED.
EXCAVATION:
General: The excavation shall conform to dimensions and elevations appropriate
for the pipeline, roadway, or structure. Excavation shall be carried to the
elevation necessary for firm support. The excavated ~urface beneath the
structures and pavement shall be proofrolled in four passes using a minimum of
10 yards of material loaded on a pan excavator or equivalent. Any soft spots
shall be filled and compacted to 98% ASTM D 1557 (Modified Proctor). The
resulting surface shall be brought back to appropriate grade with suitable fill
from the excavated material and recompacted to 98% of the density measured by
ASTM D 1557.
Excavation for Walls and Footings shall extend a sufficient distance to allow
for the placing and removal of forms, installation of services and for
inspection, except where the concrete wall or footing may be authorized to be
deposited directly against excavated surfaces.
Trench Excavation: Trenches shall be excavated true to line and grade.
Trenches to receive pipe having a nominal diameter of 24 inches or less shall
not be less than 12 inches wider nor more than 16 inches wider than the outside
diameter of the pipe to be laid therein, so that a clear space of not less than
6 inches nor more than 8 inches in width is provided on each side of the pipe.
The maximum width specified applies to the width at or below the level of the
top of the pipe. The width of the trench above the pipe may be as wide as
necessary to provide room for proper installation of the work. The Contractor
shall comply with the safety requirements of OSHA.
0603-00 T02 Excavation, Filling and Backfilling.doc
T2-1
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T2
EXCAVATION, FILLING AND BACKFILLING
Trenches for gravity lines shall be excavated below the pipe invert to provide
space for the pipe bedding. Where good soil or rock is encountered in the
trerich bottom, the excavation shall be carried below the bottom of the pipe a
distance of 4 inches or one-eighth the outside diameter of the pipe, whichever
is greater.
Where rock is encountered in the trench bottom, the excavation shall be carried
below the bottom of the pipe a distance of 6 inches or one-eighth the outside
diameter of the pipe, whichever is greater. Where, in the opinion of the
Engineer, the natural trench bottom is soil which is incapable of
satisfactorily supporting the pipe, such unsuitable soil shall be removed to
the depth required as determined at the site. The trench bottom shall then be
refilled with crushed stone, placed in 8 inch layers and compacted at optimum
moisture content. Each layer shall be thoroughly tamped. The refill shall be
brought to the proper elevation for the pipe.
Dewatering and Drainage of Excavated Areas: Grading in the vicinity of
structures shall be controlled to prevent surface water from running into
excavated areas. Dewatering by pumping or wellpointing from excavated areas
shall be performed by the Contractor to provide a stable excavation and a firm
pit or trench bottom. Dewatering shall incur no extra cost to the Owner.
All dewatering methods shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer as to
capacity and effectiveness. Water removed from the excavated areas shall be
conveyed in a proper manner to a suitable point of discharge where it will
neither cause injury to public health, public or private property, the surface
or use of streets by the public or work completed or in progress.
Protection Against Flotation: To guard against the danger of flotation of
empty or partially empty pipe due to a high water table, all dewatering
operations shall be continued without interruption until such time as
sufficient backfill has been placed over the top of the pipe to overcome the
buoyancy effect of a completely empty pipe which is entirely submerged.
Shoring and Protection of Excavations: Shoring shall be provided by the
Contractor as necessary to protect life or property. All existing structures,
streets, pipes, and foundations which are not to be removed or relocated shall
be adequately protected or replaced by the Contractor without cost to the
Owner. The Contractor shall adequately protect the work under construction and
the safety of his workmen in excavations by the use of suitable sheeting,
shoring and bracing, or by sloping the banks in accordance with the angle of
repose of the soil.
The Contractor alone is responsible for any damage or injury resulting from his
failure either to provide adequate protection from the excavation or to comply
with OSHA requirements.
Excess Material: Excess material to be used for backfill or stored for later
use shall be stockpiled. Excavated material shall be deposited a sufficient
distance from the side of excavation walls to prevent excessive surcharge on
the wall. Excess excavated material OR material not suitable for backfill or
filling shall be disposed of by the Contractor off site, graded and grassed as
required by SECTION Tl SITE WORK, Paragraph, EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL.
Disposal of the excess material is the responsibility of the Contractor.
0603-00 T02 Excavation, Filling and Backfilling.doc
T2-2
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T2
EXCAVATION, FILLING AND BACKFILLING
PIPE BEDDING FOR GRAVITY LINES:
The pipe shall be bedded in compacted bedding material placed on the trench
bottom. The bedding material shall be well-graded crushed stone or crushed
gravel meeting the requirements of ASTM C 33, Gradation 67 (3/4 inches to No.
4). The bedding shall have a minimum thickness beneath the bottom of the pipe
of 4 inches or one-eighth of the outside diameter of the pipe, whichever is
greater, and shall extend up the sides of the pipe 6" above the pipe for PVC
pipe. Holes must be dug in the bedding for each bell or coupling so that the
load is supported entirely by the pipe barrel, not the pipe bell or coupling.
After each pipe has been placed in final position, bedding material shall be
placed and compacted under the pipe haunches and on each side of the pipe to
prevent lateral displacement. "Shovel-slicing" of crushed stone bedding shall
be done using a crow bar heavy enough to penetrate the bedding material. The
pipe bedding shall be thoroughly compacted throughout its depth.
FILL:
Earth fill shall be placed in layers not to exceed 8 inches in thickness. Each
layer shall be compacted at optimum moisture content in a manner approved by
the Engineer. After compaction, the dry weight per cubic foot for each layer
shall be as specified for backfilling.
BACKFILLING:
The Engineer shall be notified before backfilling in order that the work may be
inspected before it is covered. After completion of the foundation footings,
walls, or pipe work, and prior to backfilling, all forms shall be removed and
the excavation shall be cleared of all trash and debris. Symmetrical backfill
loading shall be maintained. Special care shall be taken to prevent any
wedging action or eccentric loading upon or against a structure or pipe.
Backfill shall be placed in horizontal layers not in excess of 8 inch
thickness, and shall have an optimum moisture content when compacted. After
compaction, the dry weight per cubic foot for each layer shall be at least 90%
of the maximum Laboratory Dry Weight per cubic foot, as determined by ASTM
D1557, except that backfill under slabs, walls, footings, sidewalks and
pavement shall be at least 98% of ASTM D 1557.
FILL AND BACKFILL MATERIAL:
Material for fill and backfilling shall be selected from the excavated
material, and shall be free of trash, lumber, or other debris, roots and other
organic, perishable or deleterious matter.
PAYMENT:
Payment for all items covered by this section of the specifications shall be
paid in accordance with the bid item list. No other separate payment will be
made for the work by this section of the specifications and all costs in
connection therewith shall be included in the appropriate lump sum or unit
price in the bid list. All work not directly listed in the bid list shall be
considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor.
0603-00 T02 Excavation, Filling and Baclc!illing.doc
T2-3
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
SECTION T3
CONCRETE
SCOPE:
The work covered by this specification consists of furnishing' all plant, labor,
equipment, appliances, and materials, and in performing all operations in
connection with the installation of concrete work, complete, in strict
accordance with this specification and the applicable drawings, and subject to
the terms and conditions of the Contract.
APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS:
The current edition of the following specifications form a part of this
specification:
American Society for Testing Materials Designation:
A 615
C 31
C 33
C 94
C 150
Cl71
C 175
C 185
C 260
C 309
C 404
C 494
o 1752
Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Reinforcement
Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field
Concrete Aggregates
Ready-Mixed Concrete
Portland Cement
Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete
Air Entraining Portland Cement
Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement
Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete
Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete
Aggregates for Masonry Grout
Chemical Admixtures for Concrete
Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for
Concrete Paving and Structural Construction
American Concrete Institute Publications:
ACI 304
Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and
Placing Concrete.
Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced
Concrete Structures
Building Code Requirement for Reinforced Concrete
ACI 315
ACI 318
Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute:
CRSI
Placing Reinforcing Bars
MATERIALS:
Cement: Portland Cement shall be Type I or Type III conforming to ASTM C150,
or it shall be Type IA or Type IlIA conforming to ASTM C175. Only one brand
of cement shall be used for exposed concrete in any individual structure.
Fine Aggregate shall consist of clean, hard natural sand, manufactured sand or
a combination thereof, conforming to the requirements of ASTM C33, Concrete
Aggregates, and shall be graded from 3/8" to No. 100 sieve.
----'ZEL, ENGINEERS
0603-00 T03 Concrete.doc
T3-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T3
CONCRETE
Coarse Aggregate shall consist of' crushed stone, gravel, or a combination
thereof, conforming to the requirement of ASTM C33, Concrete Aggregates, and
shall be graded to meet the requirements of size number 467, 67 and 7, as
appropriate.
Water shall be clean and free from oils, acids, salts, or other injurious
substances.
Admixtures shall be used to provide entrained air. Other admixtures shall be
used only with written approval of the Engineer. Air entraining admixtures
shall conform to ASTM C2 60. Other admixtures shall conform to ASTM C4 94.
Calcium chloride will not be permitted.
Curing Paper shall conform to specifications for Sheet Materials for Curing
Concrete, ASTM C17l.
Reinforcing steel for concrete shall conform to ASTM A615, Grade 60. All
splices shall be lapped 40 diameters unless otherwise noted. Principal
reinforcement shall be shifted to miss openings through concrete work. Where
the resulting spacing exceeds three times the slab or wall thickness or 18",
nominal minimum steel shall be detailed at the centerline of the opening and #5
corner bars shall be added in each layer of reinforcement. Reinforcement shall
be placed in accordance with CRSI Manual "Placing Reinforcing Bars".
Welded Wire Fabric shall conform to ASTM A185. Splices shall be lapped one bar
spacing plus 2 inches but not less than 8 inches. Fabrics from wire gauges 12
ga. and smaller shall be galvanized.
Forms shall be of wood, metal, or other material approved by the Engineer. The
Contractor shall furnish forms, structurally adequate for the imposed loads,
that result in correctly aligned concrete. For exposed concrete surfaces,
plywood forms, thoroughly braced and tied together with approved corrosion
resistant devices, shall be used. Form ties shall.be free of devices that will
leave a hole or depression larger than 7/8" in diameter back of exposed
surfaces of concrete, and such that when forms are removed, no metal shall be
within one inch of finished surface. Curved surfaces concealed below grade may
be formed in planes up to 2' -0" wide. Holes left by form ties shall be
grouted, and the surface left smooth and flush. Exposed corners of walks, and
slabs shall be rounded. Exposed corners of formed concrete shall have a 3/4
inch chamfer unless otherwise noted.
Slab Forms to be left in place shall be 2" deep, 20 ga. stainless steel Type
304. Minimum I shall be 0.378 inches 4; minimum S shall be 0.326 inches 3
Preformed Expansion Joint Filler Strips shall conform to ASTM 01752.
Grout shall be a portland cement grout consisting of one part of cement, two
and one-half parts of sand and the minimum quantity of water to make a workable
mix. Cement shall conform to ASTM C 150, Type I and sand shall conform to ASTM
C 404, Size 2.
0603-00 T03 Concrete.doc
T3-2
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T3
CONCRETE
Joint Sealant shall be Sikaflex Polysulfide (411 or 412) as manufactured by
Sika Chemical Corp., or the Fomparable products of W. R. Meadows, Inc., W. R.
Grace, or Williams Equipment Co.
Storage of Materials: Cement and aggregates shall be stored in such a manner
as to prevent deterioration or intrusion of foreign matter. Steel reinforcing
shall be stored on supports that will keep the. steel from contact with the
ground and in such a manner as to be protected from rusting, oil, grease, and
distortion. . Store metal forms off the ground; pitch to shed water and cover
with waterproof material.. ~
CONCRETE QUALITY:
All concrete shall be classified by the 28-day compressive strength, f' C. The
design slump shall not exceed 4 inches; the air content shall be 5% + 1%. The
water cement ratio shall not exceed 6 gal/SK for 4,000 psi concrete. The
concrete shall be a workable mixture free from segregation and bleeding.
Ready-mix concrete shall conform to ASTM C94. Job mixed concrete shall be
mixed with a standard type of batch mixer equipped with adequate facilities for
accurate weight measurement and control of each material entering the mixer. A
retarding admixture approved by the Engineer shall be used when the air
temperature is 800F or above. Care shall be taken that the mixing water shall
be cold for all concrete mixed in hot weather; in hot weather, materials shall
be cooled such that concrete delivered to the project shall not have a
temperature higher than 7 50F, or a mix designed utilizing a superplasticizer
shall be used for temperatures up to 870F. In cold weather, fresh concrete
shall be protected from freezing.
All concrete not otherwise designated shall be 4,000 psi concrete.
Curbs, gutters and ditch paving may be 3,000 psi concrete.
Reaction blocking, fill concrete, and pipe encasement may be 2,000 psi
concrete.
SIDEWALK AND PAVEMENT JOINTS:
Sidewalk contraction joints at 5'-0" spacing may be formed 1/8" by 1" deep with
a jointing tool or may be saw cut. pavement joints 1-1/2" deep at 12' -0"
spacing shall be saw cut promptly after casting.
PRECAST CONCRETE:
The manufacturer shall produce precast units that conform to the details of the
approved shop drawings. The precast units shall be uniform in appearance. All
concrete surfaces which will be exposed to view after installation shall be
flat and smooth, free from irregularities and uniform in color and texture.
Concrete shall be cast in rigidly constructed forms which will maintain the
units to the shapes, lines and dimensions shown on the approved shop drawings.
Lifting devices shall be a recessed type designed for use in precast concrete.
0603-00 T03 Concrete. doc
T3-3
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
SECTION T3
-CONCRETE
Lifting devices that are used for production but are not necessary for further
handling or installation shall be filled with concrete repair material before
the unit is shipped. All other lifting devices shall be filled with concrete
repair material after the unit is installed.
Unless noted otherwise. in the contract documents, approved shop drawings or
item specification, the minimum concrete cover over reinforcing steel shall be
38 nun. Reinforcing steel shall be tied and supported to keep it in position
during the concrete placement. The ends of chairs or spacers, used to suppo.r:t
or locate reinforcing steel, that bear on the faces of forms, shall be made of,
or coated with non~corrosive material so that no discoloration will show on the
face of the units.
Uni t dimensions shall not vary by more than 5 nun from those shown on the
approved shop drawings unless ~ noted otherwise in the contract documents or
approved shop drawings. Variations in the required spacing of reinforcing steel
shall not be more than 50 nun and are not cumulative. Concrete cover over
reinforcing steel shall not be more than 10 nun greater than, and in no case be
less than, the amount specified in the contract documents or approved shop
drawings.
Minor defects. such as spalls and surface voids which have no dimension greater
than 300 nun and do not expose the reinforcing steel shall be repaired by
removing all unsound concrete from the defect, square cutting the edges of the
defect to prevent feather edging of the repair and then filling the void with
concrete repair material meeting the requirements of C70 1-04.
Major defects are defined as: spalls, honeycombing and surface voids which have
any dimension greater than 12", or expose the reinforcing steel. Cracks that go
through the section or are greater than 1/16" in width are also major defects.
No major defect shall be repaired without prior approval of the Engineer.
Requests to repair major defects shall be made in writing. Major defects shall
be grounds for rejection at the discretion of the Engineer.
Precast units can be placed at the job site after receipt of a manufacturer's
certification, and a product evaluation and acceptance by the Resident Project
Representative.
EMBEDDED ITEMS:
All embedded items included in an area shall be installed before concrete
placement begins. Full cooperation shall be given other trades to install
embedded items~ Suitable templates or instructions, or both, shall be provided
for setting items not placed in the forms. Embedded items shall have been
installed and inspected and tests for concrete shall have been completed and
approved by the Engineer before concrete is placed. No "boxing out" or
"cutting" will be permitted unless indicated on plans or ordered in writing by
the Engineer.
Wall Pipes, Sleeves, anchor bolts, and similar items shall be accurately placed
and firmly secured before concrete placement begins. Ferrous metal embedded
items shall be galvanized after fabrication.
0603-00 T03 Concrete. doc
T3-4
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T3
CONCRETE
Waterstops shall be installed where indicated on the plans and in all other
joints subject to hydrostatic head. Waterstops shall be firmly attached to the
outside layer of reinforcing steel and shall be installed complete before
concreting is started.
Steel dams shall be 8"x3/16" steel. plate and at splices, or joints shall be
welded or lapped and bolted for continuity.
PV dams shall be 9" x 3/16" sealtight polyvinyl waterstops having a hollow
center bulb as manufactured by W.R. Meadows, Inc. Splices or joints in PV dams
shall be fully bonded and watertight butt joints made in conformance with the
recommendations of the manufacturer. Two sample splices of each plastic
material used shall be submitted for approval before proceeding with concrete
work.
Stud Anchors shall
holes in concrete.
Company or shall be
be CHEM Stud Anchors
The anchors shall
a comparable product.
. sui table for installation in drilled'
be as manufactured by the Rawlplug
Wall Pipes shall be ductile iron pipe, except where otherwise indicated on the
plans, of appropriate size and shall be provided for all pipes passing through
cOI1crete walls. Where chemical lines are to pass through a wall pipe in a
concrete wall, the appropriate link seal shall be used.
Access Hatches and Ventilators shall be as specified in Section T-5 of these
specifications under Subsection "Miscellaneous Metals."
SHOP DRAWINGS:
Six sets of shop drawings and information as required by this section of the
specifications which have been checked by the Contractor for dimensions and
conformance to the plans and specifications shall be submitted for approval.
Two copies of checked information will be returned to the Contractor.
Shop drawings of reinforcing steel shall show steel for slabs in plan and steel
for walls in elevation. Bar lists and bending diagrams shall be submitted as
part of the reinforcing steel shop drawings. Fabrication of reinforcing steel
shall not commence prior to approval of the shop drawings by the Engineer.
Shop drawings for metal forms shall show the layout, framing and supports, with
unit dimensions and sections, type and location of welds, and details of all
required accessories. Include printed literature on Manufacturer's recommended
installation instructions.
Except for slabs on grade,' placement drawings of all concrete floor and roof
slabs showing openings for sleeves, ducts, chases, etc., which conform to the
equipment, piping, passage ways, etc., being utilized for the project shall be
prepared by the Contractor and submitted to the Engineer for approval.
Placement of concrete for slabs shall not commence until the drawings are
approved by the Engineer.
Design Mixes
approval.
for each class of
Concrete proportions,
concrete required shall
including water-cement
be submitted
ratio, shall
for
be
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
0603-00 T03 Concrete.doc
T3-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T3
CONCRETE
established in accordance with ACI 318-89, Chapter 5, Paragraph 5.3
Proportioning on the Basis of Field Experience or Paragraph 5.4 - Proportioning
by Water Cement Ratio. Once the mixture for the concrete has been designed,
tested, and accepted by the Engineer, the exact mixture proportions shall be
used throughout the subsequent casting <?perations. Submit copies of each
design mix and each aggregate gradation for approval.
WORKMANSHIP:
Placing: Concrete shall not be cast without approval of the Resident Project
Representative prior to ordering concrete. In accordance "with the
recommendations of "Guide for Consolidation of Concrete", ACI Committee 309,
concrete shall be placed in the forms and mechanically vibrated to produce
concrete without segregation or honeycomb . Slabs and beam stems shall be
placed in one operation. Concrete shall be placed continuously between
construction joints. Each batch shall be placed into the edge of previously
placed concrete to avoid stone pockets and segregation. If there is a delay in
placement, the concrete placed after the' delay shall be thoroughly spaded and
consolidated by mechanical vibration. During the casting of wall sections not
less than two mechanical vibrators shall be operated continuously for each
casting location. The concrete shall not be freely dropped more than 6 feet,
nor moved horizontally, after being deposited, more than 5 feet. The
Contractor shall provide sufficient "windows", chutes or other means or methods
of depositing the concrete to comply with these requirements. The concrete
shall be brought to correct level with a straight edge and struck off.
Bullfloats shall be used to smooth the surface of slabs. Power floating of the
slabs shall begin when the water sheen has disappeared, and/or the mix has
stiffened sufficiently that the weight of a man standing on it leaves only a
slight imprint on the surface.
Reinforcing bars shall be free from scale, oil, and structural defects. The
system of holding the bars in place shall insure that all steel in the top
layer will support the weight of the workman without displacement and be placed
in accordance with ACI Codes 318 and 315. Reinforcement in slabs on grade
shall be supported on stable concrete supports. All reinforcing steel within
the limits of a day's pour shall be in place and firmly wired before concrete
placement starts.
Construction joints shall be formed at the locations shown on the plans, unless
specifically approved by the Engineer. Joints which must be formed in other
locations shall be waterstopped where appropriate, shall be adequately keyed
and doweled, and shall be formed along either a horizontal or a vertical line.
Curing and Protection: All freshly cast concrete shall be protected from the
damaging effects of the elements - freezing, rapid drop in temperature, and
loss of moisture, and from future construction operations. The Contractor shall
maintain the concrete temperature above 500F for the first 10 days after
placing. All concrete shall be cured by flooding with clean water or by
keeping forms and other protecting material wet with clean water for a minimum
of 10 days. All surfaces neither protected by forms nor covered with water for
the entire 10 day period shall be kept wet and covered with curing paper
meeting the requirements of the specification for
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
0603-00 T03 Concrete.doc
T3-6
I
"I
1
1
I
I
1
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
SECTION T3
CONCRETE
sheet materials for Curing Concrete, ASTM C 171. If a floor is left uncovered
during the curing period, a film of water shall be clearly visible at all times
on the entire surface of the slab.
Membrane Curing Compound may be used in lieu of water curing on concrete which
will not be covered later with topping, mortar, or additional concrete.
Membrane curing compound shall be spray applied at a coverage of not more than
300 square feet per gallon. Unformed surfaces shall be covered with curing
compound within 30 minutes after final finishing. If forms are removed before
the end of the specified curing period, curing compound shall be immediately
applied to the formed surfaces before they dry out~. Curing compound shall be
suitably protected from abrasion during the curing period.
Removal of Forms: The forms shall not be removed until the concrete has
attained sufficient strength to prevent cracking or other inj ury, but in no
case less than 75% of its design strength. When forms are removed, the
Contractor shall place adequate reshores to prevent injury to the concrete by
construction loads. The sole responsibility for safe practice in this regard
shall be the Contractor's.
CONCRETE FINISHES:
Rough or Form Board Finish: All concrete wall surfaces which are not exposed
to view may be given this finish. This finish has, as a prerequisite, a
thoroughly vibrated concrete which will give a surface smooth, free from air
pockets, water pockets, sand streaks, or honeycomb. After the removal of the
forms, all fins shall be cut off; all holes, depressions, and rough spots shall
be carefully pointed up with mortar having the same proportions of cement and
sand as used in the concrete being treated. The surface film of all pointed
surfaces shall be carefully removed before setting occurs, otherwise, surfaces
shall be left with the texture imparted by the forms.
Rubbed Finish: Walls, beam, sill, and under slab surfaces which are exposed to
view shall have a rubbed finish. As soon as the rough surface finish has set
sufficiently, the entire surface shall be wet with a brush and rubbed with a
No. 16 Carborundum stone, to bring the surface to a paste. The
rubbing shall be continued sufficiently to remove all form marks and
projections, and to produce a smooth dense surface without pits or
irregularities. The material which is ground to a paste, in the above process,
shall be carefully spread or brushed uniformly over the entire surface and
allowed to take a "re-set". The final finish shall be obtained by a thorough
rubbing with a No. 30 Carborundum stone. This rubbing shall continue until the
entire surface is of smooth texture and uniform in color. The surfaces shall
be stripped evenly with a brush so as to remove excess paste, and the surface
left smooth with only enough paste remaining to obtain a uniform color.
Float Finish: The surface of all concrete slabs shall, unless otherwise
hereinafter specified, be given a float finish. The structural slab shall be
brought to the established grade by screeding. The surface shall be tested for
irregularities with a straightedge. Irregularities shall be eliminated and the
entire surface finished with a wooden hand float or finishing machine. Finish
shall be a true plane within a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 10 feet measured in any
direction.
0603-00 T03 Concrete.doc
T3-7
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T3
CONCRETE
Broom Finish: Surfaces of the roof slab, and exterior walkways or platforms
shall be given a broom finish. A smooth, true and uniform surface is a
prerequisite for this finish. When the progress of the set provides the proper
consistency, the surface shall be raked with a broom to give parallel
transverse lines in the surface, and to give a uniform texture.
Standard Towel Finish: All interior floors shall be trowel finished. Both
power and hand troweling shall be required. Power troweling shall begin as
soon as little or no cement paste clings to the blade. Troweling shall be
continued until the surface is dense, smooth, and free of all minor blemishes,
such as trowel marks. Hand troweling shall be required to remove slight
imperfections left by the troweling machine and to bring the surface to a dense
smooth finish. Sprinkling of dry cement or a mixture of dry cement and sand on
the surface of the fresh concrete shall not be permitted.
SAMPLES AND TESTS:
The Contractor shall be responsible for the concrete mix designs, test
cylinders for proving the mix designs, tests for the aggregate gradation and
quality, for molding test cylinders during the progress of the job, delivering
the cylinders for testing to the laboratory, testing for slump and air content,
and for conducting load tests, if required. The Owner will pay directly for
any excess 28 day tests of the concrete cylinders molded during the progress of
the work. Tests made at the age of 7 days will be at the Contractor's expense.
Before proceeding with .the mix design, the Contractor shall obtain approval by
the Engineer of the testing laboratory. Tests not specifically indicated to be
done at the Owner's expense, including the retesting of rejected materials and
installed work, shall be done at the Contractor's expense.
Cylinders: Make one strength test per 50 yards of each class of concrete
placed but not less than one for each days pour. Mold and cure three cylinders
for each strength test in accordance with ASTM C31. Test two cylinders after
28 days for acceptance in accordance with ASTM C39; test the third cylinder
only where either of the tests of the two cylinders is irregular or
unacceptable. Additional cylinders must be molded if 7 day test is made at
contractor's option.
Slump: Tests for slump shall be performed at the job site on all concrete
immediately prior to placing in accordance with the Test for Slump of Portland
Cement Concrete, ASTM C143. If the slump varies from that of the design mix by
more than that permitted by ASTM C 94, the concrete shall be rejected. In no
case shall the maximum specified water cement ratio of the approved mix design
be exceeded.
Air Content: One test for air content shall be made for each strength test.
This test shall be made on a concrete sample that has been removed when
consolidation of the concrete in the forms has been completed and shall be in
accordance with the Test for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the
Volumetric Method, ASTMC173.
Load Test: If there exists any evidence of faulty workmanship, violations of
specifications, or likelihood of concrete having been frozen, load tests may be
required in accordance with ACI 318. These tests shall be under the direction
of the Engineer.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
0603-00 T03 Concrete. doc
T3-8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T3
CONCRETE
CONCRETE REPAIRS:
Correction of Deficiencies: The Contractor shall be responsible for correction
of concrete work whi'ch does not conform to the specified requirements,
including strength, honeycomB, spalls, cracks, chips, holes, fins, tolerances
and finishes. Where shrinkage cracks occur in slabs, walls, etc., the cracks
shall be pressure grouted with epoxy grout to restore the concrete strength and
eliminate leaks.
HYDROSTATIC TESTING:
Unless otherwise specified, at such time as water is available, all water
containment structures included within the project shall be given a hydrostatic
test by filling with water. The work shall not be acceptable if there is
visible leakage or if the drop in water level is 1/2" or more in any 24-hour
period. This maximum permissible drop in water level shall include
evaporation, leakage, absOrption and all other losses. Failure to meet this
test shalJ,. be cause for rejection of that portion of the work. Any remedial
measures used to meet the test requirement must be approved in writing by the
Engineer before incorporation into the work.
PAYMENT:
Payment for all items covered by this section of the specifications shall be
paid in accordance with the bid item list. No other separate payment will be
made for the work by this section of the specifications and all costs in
connection therewith shall be included in the appropriate lump sum or unit
price in the bid list. All work not directly listed in the bid list shall be
considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor.
0603-00 T03 Concrete.doc
'ZEL, ENGINEERS,
T3-9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T4
MASONRY
SCOPE:
The work covered by this- section of the specifications consists in furnishing
all labor, materials and equipment, and in performing all operations in
connection with the installation of all masonry itBms as hereinafter
designated, complete, and in strict accordance with this specification and the
applicable drawings, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract. ~
APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS:
All masonry shall be of standard sizes and shall conform to the current edition
of the following specifications and any specifications noted on the drawings.
American Society for Testing Materials Designation:
C 90 Load Bearing Concrete Block
C 91 Masonry Cement
C 141 Hydraulic Hydrated Lime for Structural Purposes
C 144 Aggregate for Masonry Mortar
C 150 Portland Cement
MATERIALS:
Water shall be clean and free from oil, acids, salt, or injurious substances.
Portland cement shall conform to ASTM C150, Type I. It shall be a standard
product, the name of which shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval.
Masonry cement shall conform to ASTM C91, and shall be a standard product
approved by the Engineer.
Hydrated lime shall conform to ASTM C141.
Aggregate for masonry mortar shall conform to ASTM C144.
Concrete Block: All concrete blobk shall be 8" x 8" x 16" load bearing block
conforming to ASTM C90. Bearing block shall be Type II units made with
normal weight aggregates. Exposed faces of blocks shall be free of chips,
cracks, or other imperfections. Block exposed to the exterior shall be split
face style as manufactured by Anchor Concrete Products, "Rockface" of United
Glazed Products, or approved comparable product.
Masonry wall reinforcement shall be #5 A615 grade 60 vertical and horizontal @
4' -0" minimum, on center. Grouted vertical reinforcement is required at the
ends of all walls and at each side of all openings. Horizontal reinforcement is
required at the tops of all walls.
Masonry wall anchors shall be provided at the intersection of abutting walls,
where intersecting partitions are not bonded by masonry headers. 1-1/2" x 14
gauge stainless steel anchors shall be provided at not more than 16" vertical
spacing.
0603-00 T04 Masonry. doc
T4-1
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T4
MASONRY
Mortar: Aggregate and other materials for masonry mortar shall conform to
applicable specifications listed above. Mortar mixtures shall be Portland
cement mortar and shall contain the following proportions by volume, measured
loose:
Type
Portland Masonry Hydrated-Lime or Aggregate Measured in
Cement Cement Lime Putty Damp Loose Condition
1 None 1/4
Not less than 2-1/4
1 1 None and not more than 3
times the sum of the
1 None 1/4 - 1/2 volumes of cement and
lime used
1/2 1 None
M
S
Pointing and Cleaning: When the work is completed, all holes or defective
mortar joints in exposed masonry shall be pointed, or where necessary, cut out
and repointed. All exposed masonry shall be thoroughly cleaned.
WORKMANSHIP:
Block shall be laid in running bond. Only experienced masons shall be
employed. Masonry shall be laid plumb and true with full bed joints, buttered
wi th sufficient mortar to fill end joints, and all units shoved in place.
Where cutting of exposed masonry is necessary, the cuts shall be made with a
motor driven masonry saw. No masonry shall be laid when the temperature is
below 450 unless it is rising and at no time when it is below 40oF. The top of
exposed walls shall be protected by waterproof material when work is not in
progress. The walls shall be solid and without voids in the joints. Bond
beams shall be filled with 4000 p.s.i. concrete conforming to the requirements
of the Concrete section..
Joints: Both interior and exterior joints shall be tooled; vertical joints
shall be tooled before horizontal joints. Tooling and trowelling shall compact
the setting mortar and form a continuous contact with the block. All holes and
cavities shall be filled with mortar before tooling. Exposed interior masonry
joints shall be neatly finished for painting.
Pointing and Cleaning: When the work is completed, all holes or defective
mortar joints in exposed masonry shall be pointed, or where necessary, cut out
and repointed. All exposed masonry shall be thoroughly cleaned. If stiff
brushes and water do not suffice, the surface shall be thoroughly cleaned by
procedures utilizing a mild acid application followed by full rinsing. If so
cleaned, all sash, frames, or metal lintels shall be completely protected.
Types of Mortar: Exterior walls and interior bearing walls shall be .laid in
types M or S mortar.
Sample Panels: Provide sample split block wall panel approximately 4' long
by 3' high showing workmanship, bond, thickness, tooling of joints, color
range of block and mortar. Approval of the Engineer shall be required prior
0603-00 T04 Masonry.doc
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
T4-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T4
MASONRY
to construction of any walls. Lay sample panel as a unit to show composite
construction including any wall reinforcing, flashing, and insulation.
Finish work shall match sample. Panel to remain in place through completion
of the work.
PAYMENT:
Payment for all items covered by this section of the specifications shall be
paid in accordance with the bid item list. No other separate payment' will be
made for the work by this section of the specifications and all costs in
connection therewith shall be included in the appropriate lump sum or unit
price in the bid list. All work not dire9tly listed in the bid list shall be
considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor.
0603-00 T04 Masonry.doc
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
T4-3
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
'I
SECTION T5 '
STRUCTURAL STEEL & MISCELLANEOUS METAL
SCOPE:
The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing
all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary for or reasonably
incidental to the furnishing and erection of all structural metalwork, beams,
ladders, angle frames, hatches, bearing plates, anchors, anchor bolts, railing,
and all other miscellaneous metal items to fully complete the structures in
strict accordance with this section of the specifications and t)1e applicable
plans and subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract.
APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS:
The current edition of the following specifications and any specifications
shown on the drawings form a part of this specification:
American Institute of Steel Construction:
Specification for Structural Steel Buildings - Allowable Stress
Design and Plastic Design (Ninth Edition, 1989)
AISC: "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges".
American Society for Testing Materials Designations:
A-36, Structural Steel
A-193, Stainless Steel Bolting Materials
A-307, Unfinished Bolts
A-325, High Strength Bolts
A-386, Hot Dip Galvanizing
A-241, Aluminum Alloy Seamless Pipe
B-308, Aluminum Alloy 6061-T6 Std. Shapes
American Iron and Steel Institute:
AISI 304, 309 and 316: "Austenitic Stainless Steels"
American Welding Society:
Dl.l, Structural Welding Code
A 5.4,Stainless Steel.
SUBMITTALS:
Shop Drawings: Fabrication of structural steel, metalwork, brackets hatches,
ladders, frames, and handrails shall not commence prior to approval of shop
drawings by the Engineer. Six sets of shop drawings which have been checked by
the Contractor for dimensions and conformance to the plans and specifications
shall be submitted for approval. Shop drawings shall include complete details
and schedules for fabrication for shop assembly of members, and details,
schedules, procedures and diagrams showing the sequence of erection.
PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
Material Storage: Protect steel members and packaged materials.from corrosion
and deterioration. Welding electrodes shall be delivered in unbroken packages
and stored when opened in a closed, dry heated box. Do not store materials on
the structures in a manner that might cause distortion or damage to the members
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
0603-00 T05 Structural Steel and Mise Metal.doc
T5-1
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
SECTION T5
STRUCTURAL STEEL & MISCELLANEOUS METAL
or the supporting structures.
structures as directed.
Repair or replace damaged materials or
MATERIALS, EXCEPT STAINLESS STEEL:
Structural Steel:
36, ASTM A-36.
Except as otherwise indicated, structural steel shall be Fy
Aluminum pipe: shall be Fy 35, ASTM B-241.
Aluminum shapes: shall be Fy 35, ASTM B-308.
Lintels supporting 4" block facing shall consist of one angle for the 4 inch
width and shall be of the following size unless otherwise detailed.
Opening Angle Size
Up to 4'-0" 4 x 3-1/2 x 5/16
Up to 6' -6" 5 x 3-1/2 x 5/16
Over 6'-6" 6 x 3-1/2 x 5/16
Raised Pattern Floor Plate (Chkd. PI.)' shall be aluminum with a 1/4" base
thickness and shall be 6061 - T6 aluminum.
Grating shall be standard style Stainless Steel welded rectangular grating with
1 x 3/16" bearing bars @ 1-3/16" O.C. and 1/2" cross bars @ 4" O.C. unless
otherwise shown on the drawings. The grating shall be fully banded and
distortion corrected to provide good seating in the frame. Frames shall be
fabricated of 2 x2 x 3/16 angle and 1 x 3/13" upright for the grating seat.
Strap anchors shall be spaced @ 1'0" maximum.
Hatchways shall be Bilco, Type JD-AL, double leaf or J-AL, single leaf aluminum
access way or shall be the comparable prOduct of Badcock-Davis, Waco or
approved equal unless otherwise shown on the drawings. The hatch shall have
1/4" patterned plate designed for 300 #/S.F. Frame channel shall be drained to
outside of structure or sump on external hatches. Provide stainless steel
hardware including hold open arms, drop handles, and latches with removable
handles. The frame shall be 1/4" extruded or cast aluminum fitted with
suitable anchors into the concrete deck.
Pipe Railing: Pipe shall be aluminum and shall conform to ASTM B-241, 5086
Hill, Fy = 21,000 psi, or better. Handrails shall be 1.9 inch O.D. @ 0.94
Ibs./ft. and the posts shall be 1.9 inch O.D. @ 1.26 Ibs./ft. spaced @ 7'-4"
O.C. max. Finish shall be 204-R1 Natural Anodized having a minimum coating
thickness of 0.4 mils.
Aluminum Ladders: Ladders shall have 2-1/2" x 1/2" stringers with 15/16"
square non-slip rungs spaced at l' -0" on center maximum. Ladders shall be
aluminum, alloy 6061-T6, FY35 K. S. I. All necessary anchor bolts will be
stainless steel and furnished with ladder. All material will have a standard
mill finish. The portion of the ladder in contact with concrete shall have a
heavy shop coat' of bituminous paint.
0603-00 T05 Structural steel and Mise Metal.doc
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
T5-2
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION TS
STRUCTURAL STEEL & MISCELLANEOUS METAL
\.
Steel Ladders: . Steel ladders shall have 2 1/2" x 3/8" stringers spaced @ 1'-6"
O.c. with 1" diameter steel rungs at 1'-0" o.c. Ladders shall be anchored to
the wall with 1/4" bent plate anchors which provide 7" or more from the wall to
the rungs. Steel- ladders shall be commercial blasted and painted as
appropriate for the location.
Unfinished Threaded Fasteners: ASTM A-307, Grade A, regular low-carbon steel
bolts and nuts with hexagonal heads and nuts; ASTM A193 for stainless steel.
Electrodes for Welding: For carbon steel conform to AWS Code A-S.1, A-SOS, or
A-S88, as appropriate utilizing Series F70 electrodes.
Welding of stainless steel and non-ferrous materials shall use electrodes
appropriate for the application.
Cast Nosing and Thresholds shall be cast aluminum abrasive type cross hatched
style as manufactured by American Safety Tread Co. or shall be the comparable
products of Wooster, White Foundry, Construction Castings or approved equal.
Except as otherwise detailed, thresholds shall be Type 81S or 81SS, 6 inches'
wide; nosings for concrete steps shall be Type 801, 3/8 inch thickness by 4
inches wide and 6 inches less in length than the full width of the stair.
Cement Grout (PC-G): Portland cement (ASTM C-1S0, Type I or Type III) and
clean, uniformly graded, natural sand (ASTM C-404, Size No.2). Mix at a ratio
of 1.0 part cement to 3.0 parts sand, by volume, with only the minimum amount
of water required for placement and hydration.
Expansion Anchors shall have stainless steel shanks and nuts: Fed. Spec. FF-S-
32S; cinch anchor type, Group I, Type I, Class 2 (2 unit, or Group I, Type II,
Class 2, Style I (2 unit); wedge type, Group II, Type IV, Class 1 or 2; or
self-drilling type, Group III, Type I. Expansion Anchors used inside the
clearwell shall be stainless steel, Rawl drop-in type or approved equal.
Expansion anchors shall be installed in conformity with the manufacturer's
recommendations for maximum holding power, but in no case shall the depth of
hole be less than four hole diameters. Minimum distance between the center of
any expansion anchor and an edge or exterior corner of concrete shall be not
less than 4-1/2 times the diameter of the hole in which it is installed.
STAINLESS STEEL MATERIALS:
Stainless Steel Grating shall be standard style welded rectangular grating with
1" x 3/16" bearing bars @ 1-3/16" O.C. and 1/2" cross bars @ 4" O.C. The
grating shall be fully banded and distortion corrected to provide good seating
in the frame. Frames shall be fabricated of 2 x 2 x 3/16 angle and 1 x 3/13"
upright for the grating seat. Strap anchors shall be spaced @ 1'-0" maximum:
Metal Deck Forming to remain in place shall be 20 gauge type 304 stainless
steel as specified in the CONCRETE section of these specifications.
Unfinished Threaded Fasteners shall be ASTM A193,
nuts shall be Grade 8, Type 304 stainless steel.
nuts for all connections.
stainless steel bolts and
Provide hexagonal heads and
0603-00 T05 Structural Steel and Mise Metal.doc
TS-3
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION TS
STRUCTURAL STEEL & MISCELLANEOUS METAL
FABRICATION:
Structural Steel shall be fabricated in accordance with appropriate AISC
Specifications and as indicated on the final shop drawings. Fabricate with
natural camber of the member. up. Properly mark and matchmark materials for
field assembly. Fabricate for deli very sequence which will expedite erection
and minimize field handling of materials. Where finishing is required, complete
the assembly, including welding of units, before start of finishing operations.
Welders shall be certified for all positions and thicknesses appropriate to
their work on this project.
Non-Ferrous and Other Miscellaneous Metal shall be fabricated in accordance
with appropriate aluminum association specifications and to a quality
comparable to the Commercial Quality of the National Association of
Archi tectural Metal Manufacturers. Metal surfaces exposed to view shall be
free of surface blemishes, including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled
trade names and roughness.
Connections: Weld or bolt shop connections . Bolt field connections, except
where welded connections or other connections are shown or specified. All butt
welds shall be full penetration butt welds. Fillet welds not otherwise noted
shall be 3/16". Welders shall be certified for all positions and thicknesses
appropriate to their work on this project. Bolted connections not otherwise
noted shall be two 3/4"0 ASTM A 307 HEX HD Bolt.
Holes for Other Work: Provide holes required for securing other work to
structural steel and miscellaneous metal, and for the passage of other work
through the members. Provide threaded nuts welded to framing as needed to
receive other work;
Painting: Stainless steel, galvanized steel, and aluminum will not be painted.
All steelwork shall be shop primed with one coat of gray chromate primer Tnemec
poxiprime 6S over a surface which has received commercial blast (SSPC-SP6) or
better surface preparation. The prime coat shall be compatible with the coating
system specified in the PAINTING section. Where paint has been withheld from
areas to be welded and other bare spots, scrapes, etc., the areas shall be
touched up with the original primer. Minimum prime coat dry thickness shall be
2 mils.
Aluminum Pipe Railings: Fabricate railing with smooth bends and welded joints
ground smooth and flush. The top rail should be 42" above the floor; stair
rails shall be 3S" above the nose of the tread. Rail posts and fittings shall
be anodized, and rails adjusted to insure matching alignment. Where aluminum
attachments are to be in contact with concrete or steel, use one layer of #15
asphalt felt applied with bituminous paint to separate the contact steel unless
otherwise noted. Space posts not more than 7 feet on centers. Plumb posts in
each direction. Handrail posts, except where otherwise detailed, shall have a
minimum three bolt fascia type mounting.
Aluminum in contact with concrete shall receive a heavy coating of epoxy or
other coating suitable for exposure to drinking water.
0603-00 TOS Structural Steel and Mise Metal. doc
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
TS-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION TS
STRUCTURAL STEEL & MISCELLANEOUS METAL
ERECTION:
Structural steel and miscellaneous steelwork shall be erected in conformance
with current edition of AISC Specifications.
.
PAYMENT:
Payment for all items covered by this section of the specifications shall be
paid in accordance with the bid item list. No other separate payment will be
made for the work by this section of the specifications and all costs in
connection therewith shall be included in the appropriate lump sum or unit
price in the bid list. All work not directly listed in the bid list shall be
considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor.
0603-00 TOS Structural Steel and Mise Metal.doc
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
TS-S
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T6
PLANT AND YARD PIPING
SCOPE:
The work covered by this section of the specifications includes furnishing all
plant, labor, supervision, equipment and materials, and in performing all
operations in connections with the installation of all piping, fittings, and
appurtenances as required for the water treatment facility in compliance with
this section of the specifications and the applicable plans and subject to the
terms and conditions of the contract.
GENERAL:
The Contractor shall submit Six (6) sets of complete drawings for the approval
of the Engineer for all piping assemblies and appurtenances, accurately and
adequately dimensioned and with sufficient descriptive matter to indicate
clearly the installation and connection to appurtenant equipment.
Pipe, appurtenances and accessories, unless otherwise indicated or authorized
in writing by the Engineer, shall be new and unused materials and shall be the
standard products of reputable manufacturers normally engaged in the
manufacture of that particular item. All material and construction must be in
accordance with the AWWA Standards and any PVC material or plastic service line
used must the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) seal of approval for potable
water use. All pipe, solder and flux used during installation of the water
lines must be "lead-free" with not more than 8% lead in pipes and fittings, and
not more than 0.2% lead in solder and flux. Fittings for all pipe shall be as
manufactured for the type and class of pipe forming the pipe line in which they
are installed. The Contractor shall submit for the approval of the Engineer
complete drawings of all valves, manholes, and piping assemblies and
descriptive matter to indicate clearly the installation.
Pipes located inside structures, above ground or attached to structures shall
be rigidly supported. The full length of each section of underground pipe
shall rest solidly upon the pipe bed, with recesses only to accommodate pipe
joints. Any pipe which has its alignment, grade or joints disturbed after
laying shall be taken up and re-laid. The interior of all pipe shall be
thoroughly cleaned of all foreign matter before being placed, and shall be kept
clean during laying operations by means of plugs or other approved methods. No
pipe shall be laid in water or when trench or weather conditions are unsuitable
for such work. Any section of pipe found to be defective before or after laying
shall be replaced at no additional expense to the, Owner. Rejected pipe shall
be clearly marked and shall be removed from the site. Where not otherwise
indicated, ductile iron water mains shall be installed in accordance with AWWA
C600-93.
SUBMITTALS:
INSTALLATION IN TRENCHES:
Excavation, trenching and backfilling shall be done in accordance with Section
T-2 of these specifications. Any pipe that is to be laid in fill shall not be
laid until the fill material has been completely placed and compacted in
accordance with these specifications.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
0603-00 T06 Plant and Yard Piping .doc
T6-1
I
I
I
I
I
'I'
I
I
_I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T6
PLANT AND YARD PIPING
Handling of pipe and accessories shall be in such a manner as to insure
delivery on the job and installation in the trench, or inside the structures in
a sound undamaged condition. Cutting of pipe shall be done ina neat and
workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe. Cutting shall be done by means
of an approved type of mechanical cutter. Pipe shall be cut square; burrs,
chips, and cuttings shall be removed.
SERVICE PIPING SCHEDULE:
Unless otherwise indicated, pipe and fittings shall be constructed of the
materials shown in the following schedule for the service indicated. Ductile
iron pipe and fittings shall be used for all plant and yard piping except as
indicated in the following schedule:
Service
Pipe Material
Fitting Material
Above Ground
Piping not otherwise listed
Below
D.I.P. Flanged
special class 53
D.I.P. Flanged
class 250
Below Ground
Piping not otherwise listed
Below
D.I.P. class 250
Mechanical Joint
D.I.P. class 250
1-1/4" and smaller
Type K or L Copper
except as otherwise
indicated.
Drain Line s
C.1.S.P.
RCP
C.1.S.P.
RCP
Storm Drains, Culverts
Legend:
D. 1. P.
M.J.
R.J.
P.V.C.
C.1.S.P.
RCP
S. S.
Ductile Iron Pipe
Mechanical Joint
Restrained Joint
Polyvinyl Chloride
Cast Iron Soil Pipe
Reinforced Concrete Pipe
Stainless Steel
Fittings shall be appropriate for the installation. Suitable couplings, unions
and flexible joint connections shall be furnished and installed in the piping
system to correct minor misalignment and to facilitate removal and replacement
of piping components. Piping connections to all machinery, equipment and
meters shall be made with flanged or union fittings. A restrained flange
adapter, a dresser coupling, or union shall be installed as close as possible
to facilitate equipment maintenance or removal.
DUCTILE IRON PIPE:
Underground:
Underground pipe shall be ductile iron. Pipe sizes 4" to 12" shall be Pressure
Class 350, 14" to 36" shall be Pressure Class 250, and in accordance with ANSI
-0603-00 T06 Plant and Yard Piping. doc
T6-2
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.
SECTION T6
PLANT AND YARD PIPING
Specification A21.50 and A21.51, using 60/42/10 grade of fron. Fittings shall
be ductile iron, mechanical joint, 250 P.S.I. rating or better AWWA ClIO or
shall be compact ductile iron M.J. conforming to AWWA C153, in accordance with
ANSI A21.10, or restrained joint 250 P.S.I. rating or better in accordance with
ANSI!AWWA C153/A21. 53. Pipe and fittings shall be coated on the outside with a
bituminous coating, and lined with cement lining in accordance with ANSI A21.4.
Joints and Jointing Materials:
Joints in underground ductile iron pipe shall be mechanical joint, push-on
joint, or restrained joint where indicated. All joints and jointing materials
shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A21.11.
Mechanical Joints shall conform to ANSI A21.10 and A21.11, and shall have
gaskets smooth and free from any porosity or imperfections; gaskets shall be
made of vulcanized natural or vulcanized synthetic rubber. Bolts for
mechanical joints shall be standard, high-strength, heat-treated cast iron tee-
head bolts with hexagon nuts meeting the requirements of ANSI A21.11.
Push-on Joints shall have gaskets made of vulcanized natural or synthetic
rubber compound conforming to ANSI A21.11 and smooth and free from all
imperfections and porosity. Lubricant for push-on joints shall be non-toxic,
shall not support bacteria growth and shall have no deteriorating effect on the
gasket material.
Restrained Joints for pipe 6" to 16" shall be American CIP "Fast Grip:, U. S.
Pipe "Field Lok" or comparable product which utilizes a posi ti ve restraining
gasket., Megalug@ may also be used as restraint for pipe 6" to 36". After
installation, any tie rod assemblies shall be fully field coated with coal tar
bitumastic to prevent corrosion.
Installation:
Handling: Pipe and accessories shall be handled in such a manner as
delivery on the site and installation in the trench in a sound,
condition. Particular care should be taken not to injure the coating.
to insure
undamaged
Cutting of pipe shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage
to the pipe or its coating. Cutting shall be done by means of an approved type
of mechanical cutter. After cutting, all burrs and other roughness shall be
removed and the exterior of the spigot end suitably beveled to facilitate
assembly. If cutting is not possible, short lengths of pipe shall be furnished
as necessary.
Placing and Laying: Pipe and accessories shall be examined for defects and
tapped with a light hammer to detect cracks while suspended in the sling before
installing. All damaged, defective or unsound items will be rej ected and
removed immediately from the site of the work. Deflection from a straight line
and grade as required by vertical or horizontal curves or offsets shall not
exceed the values presented in the following schedule.
0603-00 T06 Plant and Yard Piping .doc
T6-3
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T6
PLANT AND YARD PIPING
Pipe Size
Maximum Deflection (Inches per 20 Ft. Length)
Bell and Spigot Mechanical
or Push-on Joint
Restrained
Joint
Inches
6
8
10
12
14
16
16
16
16
16
13
13
22
16
16
16
11
11
16
16
16
16
13
13
Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the notes on method of
installation as shown in ANSI Specification A21.11, Appendix A. The socket
gland, gasket and spigot shall be cleaned and the gland and gasket slipped on
the spigot end. The last 8 inches of the spigot and inside of the bell of
mechanical joint pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned and then painted with a soap
solution made by dissolving one-half cup of granulated soap in one gallon of
water. The spigot shall be pushed into the socket and centered. The gasket
shall then be properly seated in the socket and the gland bolted finger tight
to the socket. The joint shall then be made tight with a suitable ratchet
wrench; nuts spaced 1800 apart shall be tightened alternately to produce an
equal pressure on all parts of the gland; bolt threads shall be lubricated
before tightening. If effective sealing is not attained at the maximum torque
range recommended by the joint manufacturer, the joint shall be disassembled
and reassembled after thorough cleaning.
Incidental Items of Work:
joint.
All plugs, caps, wyes and tees shall be restrained
CREEK CROSSINGS:
Creek crossings shall be open cut trench method where a steel casing pipe shall
be installed and concrete encased. Concrete shall be in accordance with
Section T3. The carrier pipe shall be restrained and conforming to the
requirements of the service piping schedule of the Specifications. The carrier
pipe. shall be installed in the casing pipe pushed through the casing on casing
spacers securely fastened to the carrier pipe. After the carrier pipe has been
checked and tested, the casing pipe shall be filled with sand and the end seals
shall be installed.
CASING SPACERS:
Casing spacers
Systems (APS)
installation.
manufacturer's
shall be Collins steel Carrier pipe supports, Advance Products &
Model SI Casing Spacers or approved equal appropriate for
Casing spacers, nuts, and bolts shall be heavily coated with the
bituminous paint, or shall be stainless steel.
CASING TO CARRIER END SEALS:
End seals shall be a minimum of 1/8" thick synthetic rubber with stainless
steel banding straps with non-magnetic worm gear mechanism. Advance Products &
Systems (APS) Model AM or approved equal.
0603-00 T06 Plant and Yard Piping.doc
T6-4
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T6 -
PLANT AND YARD PIPING
CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING MAINS:
The Contractor shall furnish and install all fittings and appurtenances
necessary to make connections to the existing distribution system. The
Contractor shall coordinate his activities'with -the superintendent of the water
system so that the work can be accomplished in a manner and at such time that a
minimum interruption of service will occur.
ABOVE GROUND:
Above ground pipe shall be ductile iron, thickness Class S3 for Flanged Pipe in
accordance with ANSI Specification A21.S0 and A21.S1, using 60/42/10 grade of
iron. Flanged pipe shall have threaded on ductile iron flanges. Pipe shall b~
manufactured in accordance with AWWA Specification C11S/21.1.S. Pipe shall be
coated on the outside with a bituminous coating, and lined with cement lining
in accordance with ANSI A21.4.
Flanged Fittings shall be ductile iron in accordance with the requirements of
AWWA Specification ClIO, coated and lined same as pipe. Flanges shall be faced
and drilled to match AWWA C11S threaded-on flanges. Bolt circles shall be ANSI
B16.1, class 12S.
Flanged Joints shall have the gaskets inserted between flanges, and bolts shall
be tightened in such a manner as to distribute evenly the stresses carried by
the bolts so as to bring the pipe in alignment and make a tight joint without
overstressing the pipe or the individual bolts. Gaskets shall be full faced
1/8" thick rubber. Bol ts shall be in accordance with ANSI Specification
B18.2.1; nuts B18.2.2.
Restrained Flange Adapter 3" - 30":
Adapters shall be used as called for to facilitate.removal of pipe and
equipment for repair or replacement. Adapters shall be made of ductile iron
conforming to ASTM AS36 and have flange bolts circles compatible with ANSI/AWWA
C11S/A21.1S. Restraint for the adapter shall utilize a multiple number of
individual actuated gripped wedges to maximize restraint. The pressure rating
must be equal to or exceed the necessary pressure rating of the joint with a
2:1 safety factor. The gripping device must be able to be removed and reset
with a torque wrench. The minimum allowable gap length between the field cut
end pipe and mating flange shall be as follows: 3" thru 8" = .2S", 10" thru =
.S", and 30" = 1". The adapter shall be the series 2100 Megaflange adapter by
EBAA Iron.
WALL SLEEVES AND WALL PIPES:
The penetration of pipes passing through concrete walls shall be made
watertight. Pipes 4" and larger shall have cast iron or ductile iron wall
pipes. Wall pipes shall have a dam inside the wall and shall have the proper
joint to connect with the pipe on each side of the wall. Wall pipes where used
as sleeves shall be fitted with Thunderline Link seals, or comparable product.
Before casting concrete, wall pipes and sleeves shall be accurately positioned
and secured.
0603-00 T06 Plant and Yard Piping.doc
T6-S
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T6
PLANT AND YARD PIPING
Wall Pipes shall be flange-ws-flange or flange-ws-plain end type, or M.J. Fig.
- PE fabricated from Class 53 centrifugally cast ductile iron pipe, Grade 60-
42-10~ End flanges shall be ductile iron, threaded-on, in accordance with AWWA
Specification Cl15. Any flanges to be installed flush against the wall shall
be tapped for studs. Drilling pattern shall match equipment to be connected.
PIPE SUPPORTS:
The Contractor shall furnish and install such pipe supports and hangers as are
indicated, or as may be required to prevent excess stresses in the joints, and
to hold piping rigid and free from vibration under all conditions of operation.
Horizontal runs of pipe shall be provided with support spaced not more than 7'-
0" on center.
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE:
Pipe and Ducts: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe shall be extruded, using Type I,
Grade I PVC compound conforming to ASTM D1784 Designation 12454A. PVC pipe
shall be Schedule 80 conforming to ASTM Specification D-1785.
Fittings shall be PVC, Schedule 80 socket or threaded fittings for Schedule 80
pipe. Socket to thread adapters shall be used for connecting to threaded
fittings. Threaded fittings shall be used for Schedule 80 piping above ground.
Socket type PVC fittings shall conform to ASTM 02467; sol vent cements shall
conform to ASTM D2564.
Handling: Pipe and accessories shall be handled in such a manner as to insure
delivery on the site and installation in a sound undamaged condition. If pipe
is to be stored outside for more than 30 days it shall be covered to protect it
from prolonged exposure to the sun. Cover shall be canvas or other opaque
material, with provision for air circulation under the cover. When pipe is
received in standard lifts it shall remain in the lift until ready for use.
Lifts shall not be stacked more than three high and shall always be stacked
wood on wood. Loose pipe shall be stored on racks with a maximum support
spacing of three feet. Pipe shall be shaded but not covered directly when
stored outside in high ambient temperatures. This will provide for free
circulation of air and reduce the heat build-up due to direct sunlight
exposure.
Cutting: Pipe shall be cut in a neat workmanlike manner without damage .to the
pipe. Pipe shall be cut square, using either a tubing cutter or a miter box
. and a fine tooth saw. All burrs, chips and cuttings shall be removed and pipe
end beveled.
Placing and Laying: Pipe and accessories shall be examined for defects before
installing. All damaged, defective or unsound items will be rej ected and
removed immediately from the site of the work. The pipe shall be assembled
above ground in a straight line, then curved and laid in the trench. All
curvature shall be accomplished by bending the pipe with no deflection at the
joints.
Jointing: Clean the inside of the fitting and inside and outside of the end of
the pipe with a clean dry cotton rag. Surfaces to be joined shall be
thoroughly dry. Apply primer to the inside of the socket and outside of the
0603-00 T06 Plant and Yard Piping.doc
T6-6
'ZEL, ENGINEERS,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I"
I
SECTION T6
PLANT AND YARD PIPING
pipe with a dauber, keeping the surfaces wet S to IS seconds. Apply a second
coat to the inside of the socket. Immediately upon finishing the application of
the cement, and before it starts to set, insert the pipe to the full socket
depth, rotating the pipe or fitting 1/4 turn to insure a complete and even
distribution of the cement. Hold joint together a minimum of 10 to IS seconds
to make sure that the pipe does not move or back out of the socket.
Immediately after joining, wipe off all excess cement from the circumference of
the pipe and fitting. Joints shall be allowed to dry 48 hours prior to
movement or subj ection to internal pressure. Joints shall not be made when
temperature is above 900 F when exposed to direct sunlight, or when the
temperature is below 400 F. Primer and sol vent cement shall be fresh and
uncontaminated, and as recommended and supplied by the pipe manufacturer.
Detection Tape: PVC pipe installed underground shall be marked by the use of a
continuous inert bonded layer plastic tape with a metallic foil core, buried in
the pipe trench 24 inches below the surface. Tape shall be yellow, 2 inches
wide with continuous imprinting; "CAUTION - PIPELINE BURIED BELOW". Tape shall
be Seton Metallic Lined, or equal. Multiple ducts encased n concrete shall be
marked with one line of metallic tape.
CONCRETE PIPE:
Pipe: Concrete pipe shall be Class IV reinforced concrete pipe conforming to
ASTMSpecifications C76. Pipe shall have "0" ring joints. Except as otherwise
indicated, storm drains shall be terminated with standard flared end sections
conforming to Georgia DOT STD. No. 1120.
Joints: Concrete pipe shall be provided with "0" ring gasketed joints
conforming to the requirements of ASTM C442. A grove for confining the gasket
shall be cast in the spigot. Gaskets shall have a circular cross section and
the hardness shall be 4S plus or minus S when measured in accordance with ASTM
D676. Joints shall be made using such adhesive or lubricating substances as
recommended by the manufacturer. Care shall be taken to prevent excessive
exposure of the gaskets to sunlight.
SOIL, WASTE AND DRAIN PIPING:
Piping: Piping from floor drains and manholes shall be cast iron soil pipe;
piping 3 inches and larger, and indirect drains shall be coated service weight
bell and spigot cast iron soil pipe, or no-hub soil pipe. Bell and spigot pipe
shall be used below the floor or underground, with the bell of the pipe or
fitting extending above the floor.
Installation: Horizontal drainage piping shall be run in practical alignment
at a uniform grade. Sloping drains and horizontal branches of 3 inches nominal
size and smaller shall be installed with a slope of not less than 1/4 inch per
foot, and larger than 3 inches nominal size, not less than 1/8 inch per foot.
Fittings: All changes in pipe size on soil, waste, and drain lines shall be
made with reducing fittings or recessed reducers. All changes in, direction
shall be made by appropriate use of 4So wyes, half wyes,l.ong-sweep 1/4 bends,
1/6, 1/8 or 1/16 bends. Where it becomes necessary, because of space
conditions, to use short-radius fittings in any location, approval of the
Engineer shall be obtained before they are installed.
0603-00 T06 Plant and Yard Piping. doc
T6-7
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
SECTION T6
PLANT AND YARD PIPING
Joints:
Gasket: Joints in bell and spigot cast iron soil, waste, and vent pipe shall
be made with neoprene gaskets. Bell of the pipe shall be cleaned and gasket
inserted. Cut end of pipe shall be rounded off and burrs removed. Outside of
the pipe and inside of the gasket shall be lubricated, and the pipe inserted.
Gaskets shall conform to ASTM CS64.
No-Hub: Joints in no-hub pipe shall be made with a neoprene gasket and
stainless steel sleeve. Pipe ends shall be inserted into the neoprene gasket,
the stainless steel sleeve placed around the gasket and screws tightened to the
Manufacturer's recommended torque. Gaskets shall conform to ASTM CS64, sleeves
to ANSI 301-30S.
TESTING:
General: After completion of the piping, it shall be tested for' leaks and
proved tight. Pressure lines shall be tested at ISO psig.
Pressure Test: All newly laid pressure pipe or any valved section thereof shall
be subj ected to the appropriate hydrostatic pressure. All valves shall. be in
place when lines are tested. The duration of each pressure test shall be at
least thirty minutes. Before applying the specified test pressure, all air
must be expelled from the line. The Contractor will make the necessary taps and
insert plugs after the test is completed. All exposed pipe, fittings, valves,
and joints shall be carefully examined; defective joints shall be repaired or
replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Any cracked or defective pipes,
fittings, or valves discovered in the consequence of this pressure test shall
be removed and replaced with sound material, and the test shall be repeated
until satisfactory.
Leakage Test: The duration of the leakage test shall be two hours, and during
the test the main or section of the main under test shall be subjected to the
above noted pressure based on the Ipwest point in the line or section under
test and corrected to the elevation of the test gage. Leakage is defined as
the quantity of water to be supplied into the newly laid pipe, or any valved
section thereof, necessary to maintain the specified leakage test pressure
after the air has been expelled and the pipe has been filled with water at the
test pressure. No pipe installation will be accepted until leakage is less
than the number of gallons per hour as determined by the formula
L=D#
133
L
D
P
Allowable leakage in gallons per hour per 1,000 ft. pipe.
The nominal diameter of the pipe in inches.
The average test pressure during the leakage test in pounds per
square inch gauge.
STERILIZATION:
All service piping complete with fittings shall be flushed until clean, and
sterilized as specified in AWWA Specification C 601-86, "disinfecting Water
0603-00 T06 Plant and Yard Piping. doc
T6-8
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
SECTION T6'
PLANT AND YARD PIPING
Mains". Disposal of heavily chlorinated water (following disinfection) must be
accomplished in accordance with AWWA Standard C651 (latest revision). The
requirements of this paragraph apply equally to new pipe and fittings, and to
existing pipe lines into which connections have been made, or which may have
been otherwise disturbed to the extent that contamination may have occurred.
TESTING:
Sample Taps: Sample taps shall consist of a corporation stop, ~" AWWA taper
thread inlet and flare copper outlet, Mueller No. H-15000 or approved equal, a
riser, and a hose bibb 12" above grade. Hose bibb shall be capable of being
sterilized by an open flame. After water samples have been tested and
approved, the hose bibb and riser shall be removed and the outlet of the
corporation stop shall be tightly sealed with a brass plug. Sample taps shall
be provided per AWWA Specification C651 (latest revision).
CLEAN-UP:
Upon completion of the installation of the water lines and appurtenances, all
equipment and debris remaining as a result of the Contractor's operations shall
be removed from the site of the work.
PAINTING:
All exposed piping and appurtenances shall be painted in accordance with the
requirements of Section T-9 of these specifications.
RECORD DRAWINGS:
Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer a
complete set of marked-up drawings showing all changes in the location of all
underground and above ground piping, valves, and drains.
PAYMENT:
Payment for all items covered by this section of the specifications shall be
paid in accordance with the bid item list. No other separate payment will be
made for the work by this section of the specifications and all costs in
connection therewith shall be included in the appropriate lump sum or unit
price in the bid list. All work not directly listed in the bid ,list shall be
considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor.
0603-00 T06 Plant and Yard Piping. doc
T6-9
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T7
VALVES AND HYDRANTS
SCOPE:
-
The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing
all plant, labor, supervision, equipIJ1.ent and materials, and performing all
operations in connection with the installation of the valves, 6" and larger,
fire hydrants, and appurtenances, complete, in accordance with this section of
the specifications and the applicable plans, and subject to the terms and
conditions of the Contract.
GENERAL:
The Contractor shall submit 6 sets of complete drawings for approval of the
Engineer for all hydrants, valves and appurtenances.
All valves and accessories furnished by the Contractor for incorporation into
the work shall be new, unused, and of the type specified herein. Valves for
buried service shall be furnished with restrained mechanical joint connections.
Exposed valves shall be flanged with current ANSI Standards to match the
piping. Each valve shall have the identifying mark of the manufacturer, year
of manufacture and pressure rating cast on the body. All valves shall be
opened by turning counter-clockwise and shall have an arrow cast into the metal
of the operating nut or on the handle or wheel to indicate direction of
opening. All val ves of a single type shall be furnished by a single
manufacturer.
SMALL WATER VALVES:
Valves 2" and smaller in water lines shall be bronze ball valves with cast
bronze bodies and end pieces. The valves shall feature PTFE seats and seals,
full porting, and at least 400 CWP rating. Valves shall be as manufactured by
Nibco or approved equal.
GATE VALVES:
Gate valves 6" - 16" shall be of the resilient seat type designed for a mQn1mum
working pressure of 250 psi. Valves 16" shall be fitted with gear operators.
Underground valves shall have restrained mechanical joint ends to match the
piping in which they are installed. Exposed valves shall be flanged. Gate
valves shall have a clear waterway equal to the full normal diameter of the
pipe. Prior to shipment from the factory, each valve shall be tested by
hydraulic pressure equal to twice the specified working pressure. All valves
shall conform to the specifications for Gate Valves for Ordinary Water Works
Service, AWWA C509. Coatings shall be per AWWA C550. Valves shall be non-
rising stem type with 2-inch square operating nut. Valves shall be U.S.
Metroseal, American Flow Control, or approved equal.
BUTTERFLY VALVES:
Butterfly valves shall be of the tight closing, rubber seat type with seats
which are bonded to and mechanically retained in the valve body. No metal-to-
metal seating surfaces permitted. Valves shall be bubble tight at rated
pressures with flow in either direction, and shall be satisfactory for
applications involving throttling service and/or frequent operation and for
applications involVing valve operation after long periods of inactivity. Valve
0603-00 TO? Valves & Hydrants.doc
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
T7-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T7
VALVES AND HYDRANTS
discs shall rotate 900 from the full open position to the tight shut position.
Valves shall meet the applicable requirements of the AWWA C504. The
manufacturer shall have manufactured tight closing rubber seated butterfly
valves for a period of at least five (S) years. Butterfly valves shall be
Dezurik, Pratt or approved equal.
Valve Bodies shall be constructed of ductile iron and shall have integrally
cast mechanical joint ends or flanged ends as appropriate. Flange drilling
shall be in accordance with AWWA ClIO & C11S, 250 psi working pressure.
Valve Discs shall be constructed of ductile iron.
Valve Shafts: Shafts of all valves shall be turned, ground, and polished.
Valve shafts shall be constructed of 18-8 Type 304 stainless steel.
Valve Seats shall be of a natural rubber or synthetic rubber compound. Valve
seats shall be field adjustable and replaceable without dismounting operator
disc or shaft and without removing the valve from the line according to AWWA
C504. All retaining segments and 'adjusting devices shall be a corrosion
resistant material and shall be capable of a 1/8 inch adjustment.
Valve Bearings: Valves shall be fitted with sleeve type bearings.
shall be corrosion resistant stainless steel and self lubricat~ng.
Bearings
Valve actuators shall conform to latest revision of AWWA C504, and shall be
designed to hold the valve in any intermediate position between full open and
fully closed without creeping or fluttering. The bearing load shall not exceed
1/5 of the compressive strength of the bearing or shaft material.
Manual valve operators shall be of the worm gear or traveling nut type and
fully enclosed. Units furnished for buried service shall be fully gasketed and
grease packed. Above ground operators shall have a suitable indicator arrow to
give valve position at any point from full open to fully closed. Manual
operators shall require at least 30 turns of the handwheel to rotate 900.
Operator components shall, at the extreme operator positions, withstand without
damage a pull of 200 Ibs. for handwheel operators or an input torque of 300 ft.
lbs. for operating nuts.
Electric motor actuators: Butterfly valves where identified on drawings shall
be fitted with electric actuators. The actuators shall be ElM Corporation for
open-close service, non-modulating for two position duty, in NEMA 4X
enclosures, limit switches, torque switches, mechanical dial position
indicator, declutchable handwheel, heater, open-stop-close pushbuttons, local
off remote selector switch. Indicator lights and a 480 volt three phase
service. Valve actuators shall provide reversing starter and safety and over
current protection for the motor.
VALVE APPURTENANCES:
Cast Iron Valve Boxes: All underground gate valves shall be installed with
cast iron valve boxes having a suitable base and shaft extension sections to
cover and protect the valve and permit easy access and operation. Extension
0603-00 TO? Valves & Hydrants.doc
T7-2
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T7
VALVES AND HYDRANTS
stems and position indicators for underground butterfly valves shall be as
specified under "Manual Operators" for Butterfly Valves. Box assemblies shall
be Mueller H-10357, Grinnell, or an approved equal. The word WATER shall.be
cast on covers for valve boxes on potable water lines only.
Installation: Valves in valve boxes shall be plumb and appropriately located
to provide for removal and installation using a suitable coupling. Earth fill
shall be carefully tamped around valve boxes to the undisturbed face of the
trench. Valves shall have the interiors cleaned of all foreign matter before
installation. Stuffing boxes shall be tightened and the valve shall be
inspected in both opened and closed positions to see that all parts are in
working condition.
PUMP CONTROL VALVES:
Pump Control Valve with Throttling Feature:
General:
Pump control valves shall be an electric check valve which consists of a main
valve assembly and a system of electro-hydraulic controls, completely assembled
and tested as a unit and ready for field installation and wiring. Two (2) are
required under this contract.
Main Valve:
Main valve body shall be globe style, constructed of high-strength cast iron
conforming to ASTM A 126 Class B with integral flanges, faced and drilled per
ANSI B16.1 Class 125. ,The valve shall be "full-ported" with a flow area
through the valve no less than the area of its nominal pipe size. Valve shall
have an integral bottom pad or feet permitting support di~ectly under the valve
body.
The main valve shall operate on the differential piston principle such that the
area on the underside of the piston is no less than the pipe area and the area
on the upper surface is greater than that of the underside. There shall be no
diaghragms or springs in the main valve.
The valve piston shall be fully guided on its outside diameter and all guiding
and sealing surfaces shall be bronze. To minimize the consequences of
throttling, throttling shall be by long, stationary vee-ports located
downstream of the seat and not by the seat itself. Sawtooth attachments or
other add-on devices are not permitted.
The valve shall be fully capable of operating in any poisition without the need
of springs and shall not incorporate stems, stem guides or spokes in the
waterway.
The main valve shall be serviceable in the line through a single flanged cover
which provided easy access to all internal components.
The main valve shall, at a minimum, be supplied with the Emergency Solenoid
Pilot (ESP), the Limit Switch (LS) and the Normal Solenoid Pilot (NSP).
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
0603-00 TO? Valves & Hydrants.doc
T7-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T7
VALVES AND HYDRANTS
Controls:
Provide a system of electro-hydraulic controls to enable the valve to perform
the functions listed below. All controls and control piping shall be non-
corrosive and suitable for the working pressure and electrical conditions.
Controls shall consist of a normal solenoid pilot with manual operator,
independently adjustable normal opening and closing speed controls, emergency
solenoid with separate, adjustable closing speed control, y-strainer, isolating
valves and a double break limit switch mounted on the valve cover and actuated
by the visual travel indicator.
Each valve shall be supplied with a pre-wired pump/valve control panel capable
of operating, controlling and monitoring the pump and control valve. The
controls shall operate the valve and pump according to the function described
below and according to the control diagram shown on the plans.
Function:
The valve shall function to control surges associated with the staring and
stopping of pumps. Valve operation shall be by means of solenoid pilots and
powered by water pressure obtained from the inlet or outlet side of the main
valve. The valve shall open at a controlled rate of speed whenever the normal
opening, normal closing and emergency solenoid pilots are energized~ Upon
opening, the indicator rod shall actuate a limit switch tied in with the motor
starter circuit. During the opening cycle, de-energizing the normal opening
solenoid shall cause the valve to stop opening. De-energizing the normal
closing and normal opening solenoids shall cause the valve to close at a
controlled rate of speed, energizing the normal closing solenoid shall cause
the valve to stop closing. At an adjustable point near the seated position,
the retracting indicator rod shall actuate the limit switch, which shall turn
off the pump motor and de-energize the emergency solenoid pilot.
Should a power failure occur during the course of pumping, the emergency
solenoid shall de-energize and initiate a more rapid valve closure.
MANUFACTURER:
The valve shall be GA Industries, Inc. Figure 1730-DT, and the control panel
shall be GA Industries, Inc. Figure 7600 Pump Director.
AIR AND VACUUM RELEASE VALVES:
Air and vacuum release valves shall consist of an air and vacuum release
valve and a surge check unit. The valve shall be rated for the operating
pressure of the application, but no less than 125 psi. The body shall be
cast iron and the float assembly shall be stainless steel. The surge check
seat and disc shall be bronze. The air valve seat shall be Buna-N. The
spring shall be stainless steel. The valve shall be APCO 1606/153 or the
equivalent product of GA Industries.
0603-00 TO? Valves & Hydrants.doc
T7-4
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T7
VALVES AND HYDRANTS
PAINTING AND TESTING REQUIREMENTS:
Painting and Testing: All iron surfaces of the valves shall be painted;
surfaces shall be clean, dry, and free from grease before painting. The valve
surfaces, except for seating, shall be evenly coated with a suitable primer to
inhibit rust or black asphalt varnish in accordance with Federal Specification
TT-V-51C or 512. Hydrostatic and leakage tests shall be conducted in strict
accordance with AWWA C500.
Affidavi t of Compliance: The Vendor of the valves shall, upon completion of
manufacture, provide to the Owner an "Affidavit of Compliance" in accordance
with AWWA CSOO or C509 as appropriate.
proof-of-Design Test: Vendor shall include with his submittal certified copies
of Proof-of-Design Tests in accordance with the applicable AWWA specification.
FIRE HYDRANTS:
The Contractor shall furnish and install fire hydrants in conformance with the
following requirements:
Materials: Fire hydrants shall be cast iron, fully bronze mounted designed for'
150 psi working pressure, 300 psi test pressure, and shall conform to the
requirements of AWWA C502. Hydrants shall be suitable for connection to pipe
having 42 inch cover. Stem and barrel extensions shall be installed where
necessary to bring the hydrants to an approved mounting height. Hydrants shall
have a minimum valve opening of 5-1/4 inches, and shall be equipped with two 2-
1/2 inch hose nozzles and one 4-1/2 inch pumper nozzle, with National Standard
Hose Thread, and shall be Mueller Type No. A-24018, M & H Figure 29T AWWA
compression Type Dry-Top Model or Kennedy K-81D. Each hydrant shall have a
safety yellow body with white bonnets and caps painted finish.
Installation: Hydrants shall be set plumb and at such elevation that the
connecting pipe shall have at least 42 inch cover over the pipe. Earth fill
suitable for backfill as previously defined, shall be carefully placed in 6
inch layers and to 3 feet on all sides, or to the undisturbed face of the
trench if nearer, and carefully tamped. Not less than 7 cubic feet of crushed
or broken stone shall be placed around the base of the hydrant to insure
drainage. The interior of the hydrant shall be thoroughly cleaned of all
foreign matter prior to installation, and after installation, each hydrant
shall be operated to assure proper operation. The 6 inch auxiliary valve shall
be independently secured to the hydrant and main line tee with fully restrained
joints or the rod harness. The rod harness shall consist of Star Fig. 7 tie
bolts with threaded rods and nuts. Entire assembly shall be coated with coal
tar bitumastic after installation. Concrete blocking will not be permitted.
TESTING, CLEAN-UP, AND STERILIZATION:
Testing and clean-up shall be performed in accordance with the provisions of
Section T-6 of these specifications. All valves shall be in place when lines
are tested. Any cracked or defective valves discovered in consequence of the
testing shall be removed and replaced with sound material and the test shall be
repeated until a satisfactory test is achieved.
0603-00 TO? Valves & Hydrants.doc
T7-5
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T7
VALVES AND HYDRANTS
PAYMENT:
Payment for all items covered by this section of the specifications shall be
paid in accordance with the bid item list. No other separate payment will be
made for the work by this section of the specifications and all costs in
connection therewith shall be included in the appropriate lump sum or unit
price in the bid list. All work not directly listed in the bid list shall be
considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
0603-00 TO? Valves' Hydrants.doc
T7-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T9
PAINTING AND FINISHING
SCOPE:
The work covered by this specification consists of furnishing all plant, labor,
equipment, appliances, and materials, and in performing all operations in
connection with the painting of metals, masonry, concrete, wood, plastic, and
equipment of the buildings and process work. Painting shall be performed at
such times and in such places as the Contractor and Engineer may agree upon
in order that dust-free and neat work be obtained. All painting shall be
done in strict accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer and
shall be performed in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. Ferrous metals
shall be prime coated in the shop as specified herein or in other sections and
shall have any bare spots resulting from handling or welding touched up with
one coat of the respective shop paint.
APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS:
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent
referenced. The publications referred to in text by the basic designation
only.
American Water Works Association, Inc. (AWWA) Standards:
D100-84
D102-97
Welded Steel Tanks for Water Storage
Painting Steel Water Storage Tanks
Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) Specifications:
SSPC-SP 1 Solvent Cleaning
SSPC-SP 3 Power Brush Cleaning
SSPC-SP 6 Commercial Blast Cleaning
SSPc-sp 10-63 Near White Blast Cleaning
Unless' otherwise specified, all work and materials for the preparation and
coating of all metal surfaces shall conform to the applicable requirements
specified in the Steel Structures Painting Manual, Volume 2, Systems and
Specifications Revised, latest edition, published by the Steel Structures
Painting Council.
MATERIALS:
All paints shall be fresh and shall arrive on the job in the original, unopened
containers that clearly show the name of the manufacturer and directions for
application. This specification utilizes the products of the Tnemec Company
and Induron Coatings Inc. as the standards of quality and color; the comparable
products of Carboline will be considered equal.
Shipping, Storage and Handling:
All paints shall be properly prepared by the manufacturer and delivered to
the site for field painting in the original unbroken containers with
manufacturer's label plainly printed thereon. Each container shall provide
0603-00 T09 Painting and Finishing.doc
T9-1
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T9
PAINTING AND FINISHING
labels with following information: Name or title of material; manufacturers
name; contents by volume for major pigment and vehicle constituents; date of
manufacture; thinning instructions; and application instructions. Type of
material to be applied at each location shall be submitted to the Engineer
with the manufacturer's written recommendation of the .type paint for each
item to be painted. Containers which are broken, opened, water-marked and/or
contain caked, lumpy, or otherwise damaged materials, are unacceptable and
shall immediately be removed from the work site.
The Contractor shall exercise every precaution in the storing of paints,
solvents, cleaning fluids, rags, and similar materials as to eliminate the
risk of spontaneous combustion or other hazardous conditions. Portable fire
extinguishing equipment shall be provided in a convenient location for
emergency access. All painting materials stored on the job site shall be
stored in a location outside of the work area. The Contractor shall take all
safety precautions in accordance with Section 7 of AWWA D-102, NFPA Bulletin
No. 101 and all federal, state and local regulations.
SURFACES REQUIRING PAINTING:
The painting required by this section shall include painting the piping and
equipment of this contract, including any steel work associated with the
proj ect. Included in the painting are interior walls, ceiling, trim, all
piping and equipment, including the steel work associated with the project.
Exterior painting shall include the exterior of the prestressed tank, all
ferrous metal associated with the work of this contract and all exposed wood.
Interior painting shall include all exposed interior concrete and block (except
floors), exposed wood, ferrous metal work, piping, fittings, valves, equipment
and other metal work of this contract. Interior painting shall also include
touch up of all surfaces modified or damaged during construction.
Equipment pre finished by the manufacturer shall conform to the special
requirements of the specification section in which the equipment is specified,
but shall not have a finish of lower quality than herein specified for exterior
and interior metal work.
Exterior masonry, concrete, aluminum, chrome, stainless
fiberglass and exterior galvanized pipe shall not be
specifically noted elsewhere.
steel,
painted
pre finished
except as
SURFACE PREPARATION:
All surfaces which are to be painted shall, prior to application of paint, be
cleaned, washed and further prepared in accordance with SSPC SP-1 Solvent
Cleaning and as specified herein. Surfaces of ferrous metal to receive
Phenolic, Vinyl, Epoxy, or Alkyd Primers shall be thoroughly cleaned by
sandblasting to commercial blast metal (SSPC-SP6). Where long oil primers are
elsewhere specified, SSPC-SP3, power brush cleaning is acceptable; submerged
surfaces shall be near-white blast (SSPC-SP10).
Masonry and concrete surfaces requiring paint shall be free of moisture, dust,
dirt, oil, grease or stains. Efflorescence or lai tance shall be removed by
0603-00 TOg Painting and Finishing.doc
T9-2
'ZEL, ENGINEERS,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T9
PAINTING AND FINISHING
brushing, sandblasting, or, subject to the directions of the Engineer, by acid
etching.
Wood surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and free of all foreign matter, with
cracks and nail holes and other defects properly filled and smoothed.
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe surfaces shall be solvent wiped and lightly
sanded.
Prepainted Surfaces: Primed surfaces where the coating is in good condition
shall be lightly sanded, wire brushed, or brush blasted to slightly roughen the
surface. Where the paint is showing rust, or otherwise failing, the surfa~e
shall be sand blasted for repainting as new material. Surfaces shall be sanded
to eliminate the scale marks and other imperfections which will not permit a
smooth finished surface. Cracks, nail holes, and other defects shall be
appropriately filled and smoothed.
APPLICATION:
No paint shall be applied when the air or surface temperature, as measured in
the shade, is below that which is recommended by the manufacturer. Paint
shall not be applied to wet or damp surfaces, and shall not be applied in
rain, snow, fog, mist, or when the surface temperature will be less than 50 F
above the dew point. No paint shall be applied when it is expected that the
surface temperature will drop below the manufacturer's recommendation within
eight hours after the application of the paint. Care must be exercised that
the coatings are not applied in too heavy a coat above that recommended by
the manufacturer and that adequate drying time is permitted between coats to
assure proper release of solvents.
Mixing,
curing,
coating
thinning, pot life, application procedure, equipment, coverage,
re-coating, storage and number of coats shall be in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
Each application of material shall be worked into corners, crevices, joints,
etc., and distributed evenly over flat surfaces. Spraying techniques that
resul t in a uniform wet pattern shall be used and dry spraying should be
avoided. Dry spray shall be removed prior to coating being applied. All
bolts, welds, sharp edges, and difficult access areas shall receive a primer
brush coat or spray coat prior to primer spray application.
COATING SYSTEMS:
Surface:
Concrete and concrete block walls and exposed concrete ceilings
Prime Coat: Concrete block filler 54-660 Polyamide Epoxy or Induron
Polyfill Epoxy Block Filler
1st. Coat: Hi-Build Epoxoline II Series N69 Polyamidoamine Epoxy or
Induron Perma-Clean II Epoxy
2nd. Coat: Hi-Build Epoxoline II Series N69 Polyamidoamine Epoxy or
Induron Perma-Clean II Epoxy
0603-00 TOg Painting and Finishing.doc
T9-3
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T9
PAINTING AND FINISHING
Surface:
Exposed structural steel, and machinery, non-immersed. Shop apply
coatings.
Prime Coat:
1st. Coat:
Tneme-Zinc 90-97 or Induron Z-Rep 56
Hi-Build Epoxoline II Series N69 polyamidoamine Epoxy or
Induron Perma-Clean II Epoxy
Endura-Shield II, Series 1075, aliphatic acrylic
urethane or Induron Indurethane 5500
2nd. Coat:
Surface:
Submerged ferrous metal.
Prime Coat: Pota-pox Plus, Series N140 Polyamidoamine Epoxy or
Induron PE-54 Epoxy Primer
1st. Coat: Pota-Pox Plus, Series N140 Polyamidoamine Epoxy or
Induron Ruff Stuff 3300
2nd. Coat: Pota-Pox Plus, Series N140 Polyamidoamine Epoxy or
Induron PE-54 Epoxy Int./Finish
Surface:
Machinery, pumps, pipes, valves. Bituminous coated pipe shall be
sealed before recoating.
Prime Coat: Poxiprime II Series N68 Polyamidoamine Epoxy or Induron
Armorguard Epoxy (Epoxy-Polyamide)
1st. Coat: Hi-Build Epoxoline II Series N69 polyamidoamine Epoxy or
Induron Perma-Clean II Epoxy
2nd. Coat: Hi-Build Epoxoline II Series N69 Polyamidoamine Epoxy or
Induron Perma-Clean II Epoxy
Surface:
Machinery, pumps, pipes, valves. immersed, potable water.
Prime Coat: Hydro-Zinc 2000 Series 91-H20 Aromatic urethane, zinc-
rich meeting requirements for AWWA and NSF Std. 6l. or
Induron Z-Rep 56.
1st. Coat: Pota-Pox Plus, Series N140 Polyamidoamine Epoxy or
Induron PE-54 Epoxy Primer
2nd. Coat: Pota-Pox Plus, Series N140 Polyamidoamine Epoxy or
Induron PE-54 Epoxy Primer
Surface:
Polyvinyl chloride pipe, interior exposed.
1st. Coat: Hi-Build Epoxoline II Series N69 Polyamidoamine Epoxy or
Induron Perma-Clean II Epoxy
2nd. Coat: Hi-Build Epoxoline II Series N69 Polyamidoamine Epoxy or
Induron Perma-Clean II Epoxy
Surface:
Polyvinyl chloride pipe, exterior exposed.
1st. Coat:
Hi-Build Epoxoline II Series N69 polyamidoamine Epoxy or
Induron Perma-Clean II Epoxy
Endura-Shield II, Series 1075, aliphatic acrylic
urethane or Induron Indurethane 5500
2nd. Coat:
WORKMANSHIP:
All painting shall be
surface free from drops,
shall be allowed between
under dry and dust free
the coverage shall not
done in a workmanlike manner, leaving the finished
ridges, waves, laps and brush marks. Sufficient time
coats to insure proper drying. Paint shall be applied
conditions. Paint shall be applied in a manner that
exceed that recommended by the manufacturer. Where
'ZEL,
ENGINEERS
----l
0603-00 TOg Painting and Finishing. doc
T9-4
I
"I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T9
PAINTING AND FINISHING
there is any doubt, either about generic composition or compatibility of
existing coatings a test application shall be made and after 1~ days checked
for adhesion characteristics and other forms of incompatibility. Paint during
application shall be continuously stirred 'and no thinner shall be added after
the paint has been mixed. Paint shall be thoroughly worked into all joints,
corners. Should any coat or paint be judged unsatisfactory, the Contractor
shall remove the coat (s) as necessary and repaint at no additional cost to
the Owner.
COLORS:
Where two field coats or more are required by these specifications, the colors
shown in this section shall be used for all except the final coat. Final paint
shades must be approved after application of the initial coats and before the
application of the final coat. Selected colors for the proj ect are from the
Tnemec and Induron color books. Trim shall be finished same as wall colors. A
color schedule complete with color chips shall be submitted for approval.
Exterior Work:
Cast iron MH frames, covers, and grates
Electrical Equipment
Valves, valve operators and
floor stands, and stem guides
Piping
Prestressed Concrete Tank
Black
Aluminum
Color Code
Color Code
Off White
Interior Work (General):
Piping
Valves - to match Pipe Color Code
Walls
Color Code
Color Selection by
Owner
Ceilings
Color Selection by
Owner
Pipe Rails
Ductwork, Doors and Trim
Aluminum
Color Selection by
Owner
EXPOSED PIPE PAINTING:
Identification painting shall be provided for all piping. Names and flow
arrows shall be stenciled on all interior piping in an appropriate contrasting
color.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
0603-00 TOg Painting and Finishing.doc
T9-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T9
PAINTING AND FINISHING
Name of Item
Color
Potable Water Piping
Non-Potable Water Piping
Mechanical Equipment
Electrical Duct Banks
Blue
Dark Blue
Machine Gray
Red
Raw Sewage Piping
Battleship Gray
CLEAN UP:
The work area shall be kept free from surplus materials, 'dirt and rubbish at
all times. After completion of the work, all paint spots or other marks shall
be removed from floors, walls, doors, and windows, etc. All exposed metal work
and glass shall be carefully cleaned and the work area left clean. All cloths
and waste that might constitute afire hazard shall be placed in closed metal
containers or destroyed at the end of each day. Upon completion of the work,
all staging, scaffolding, and containers shall be removed from the site
and/or destroyed in an approved and legal manner.
DAMAGED COATINGS:
Damaged coatings, pinholes, and holidays shall have edges feathered and
repaired in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer, as
approved by the Engineer. All finish coats, including touch up and damage-
repair coats shall be applied in a manner which will present a uniform
texture and color-match appearance.
UNSATISFACTORY APPLICATION:
If the item has an improper finish, color, or insufficient film thickness,
the surface shall be cleaned and topcoated with the specified material to
obtain the specified color and coverage. Specific surface preparation
information to be secured from the coatings manufacturer and the Engineer.
All visible areas of chipped, peeled, or abraded paint shall be hand or
power-sanded, feathering the edges. The areas shall then be primed and
finish coated in accordance with the specifications. Work shall be free of
runs, bridges, shiners, laps, or other imperfections. Evidence of these
conditions shall be cause for rejection. Any defects in the coating system
shall be repaired by the Contractor per written recommendations of the
coating manufacturer and approved by the engineer.
PAYMENT:
Payment for all items covered by this section of the specifications shall be
paid in accordance with the bid item list. No other separate payment will be
made for the work by this section of the specifications and all costs in
connection therewith shall be included in the appropriate lump sum or. unit
price in the bid list. All work not directly listed in the bid list shall be
considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor.
0603-00 T09 Painting and Finishing.doc
T9-6
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T14
PUMPING EQUIPMENT
SCOPE:
The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing
all plant, labor, equipment, materials, and appliances and in performing all
operations in connection with furnishing, installing, testing, and the
initial operation of the pumping equipment, complete with all appurtenances,
in strict accordance with this specification and the applicable drawings and
subject to the terms of the Contract.
GENERAL:
Standard Products: The equipment furnished under this section of the
specifications shall be standard products in regular production by
manufacturers who are regularly engaged in the production of equipment of this
type, and who have produced such units which have been in satisfactory and
successful water works operation for a period of at least five years.
Equipment Submittal: The plans show the extent and general arrangement of the
equipment and may be modified as required to suit the equipment furnished,
subject to the approval of the Engineer. As soon as practicable, and not
later than 30 days after the award of the Contract, the Contractor shall
submit the following descriptive literature and drawings for all equipment
being furnished under this section of the specifications:
1. Certified sectional and dimension drawings.
2. Certified performance curves showing head,
efficiencies, and NPSHR.
flow,
Bhp,
Hydraulic
3. Certified data on motor giving following information:
· Full load amps.
· Locked rotor amps.
. Full load rpm.
· Efficiency at full, ~, and ~ loads.
· Power factor at full, ~, and ~ loads.
· Sound pressure at operating point, DBA.
4. Equipment and Piping Installation Drawings: Six sets showing complete
details of the installation and any necessary changes in arrangement,
piping, etc., from that indicated on the plans.
5. Equipment, Specifications, Outline Dimension Drawings, Wiring and/or
Piping Diagrams: Six sets for each item of equipment being furnished.
6. Operation and Maintenance Instructions:
equipment being furnished.
Six sets for each item of
0603-00 T14 Pumping Equipment Addenda il.doc
T14-1
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T14
PUMPING EQUIPMENT
HIGH SERVICE PUMPS:
,Referenced Standards:
American Iron & Steel Institute (AISI)
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
Factory Mutual (FM)
Hydraulic Institute Standards for Pumps (HI)
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
National Electrical Code (NEC)
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association (AFBMA)
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE)
Warranty:
The pump manufacturer shall warrant the pump and motor to the PURCHASER
against defects in workmanship and materials for a period of three (3) years
under normal use and service for municipal applications. In the event that
the equipment should fail to perform in accordance with the purchase
contract, or proves defective, modifications or additions shall be promptly
made by the Vendor at no cost to the Purchaser. In the event that the Vendor
is unable to modify the equipment to meet performance guarantees, the
purchaser shall have the option to return the equipment to the Vendor for a
full refund of the purchase price. The pump manufacturer's warranties shall
be in published form and shall apply to all similar units. The warranty
period will begin on the day that successful test runs of the equipment is
performed. A copy of each warranty shall be provided to the 'PURCHASER with
delivery.
The performance of any or all pumping units shall be guaranteed at the
specified pumping conditions. The total horsepower required by the pumps
shall not be in excess of that indicated by the results of the manufacturer's
shop test.
A pump exhibiting excessive vibration, noise levels, or wear under normal
service during the warranty period will be considered defective.
Acceptable Manufacturers:
All products must fully comply with these specifications. Standard product
must be modified, if required, for compliance. All pump components shall be
supplied by the manufacturer of the pump.
Pumps: The electric motor driven pumps shall be horizontal split case, double
suction impeller, single stage pumps with packing glands. The pumps shall be
Goulds 34.10, 8" X 6" X 11." 3410, 8" X 6" X 17", 1800 RPM, or shall be the
comparable product of Peerless, Worthington or Fairbanks Morse.
Pump Construction:
Pump casings, bearing housings, and pump supports shall be close grained cast
iron. Impeller shall be bronze, double suction, enclosed and statically and
dynamically balanced. The impeller shall be secured against rotation on the
0603-00 Tl4 Pumping Equif'l\ent Addenda #1.doc
T14-2
'ZEL. ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T1~
PUMPING EQUIPMENT
shaft by means of a key. Pump shafts shall be SAE 1045 grade, or better,
turned, ground and polished steel with bronze sleeve. Packing boxes shall be
provided in the pump casing, and a minimum 0 five rings of graphited asbestos
packing per stuffing box shall be provided along with a split type' gland.
The pump shall have two sets of grease lubricated ball bearings designed for
both radial and thrust loads and mounted in a satisfactory bearing housing
that is securely positioned to insure permanent alighrnent. Suction and
discharge flanges shall be drilled to meet ANSI Standards for 125 lb. Rating.
Suction and discharge gauges shall be provided on the nozzles. A tap at the
high point of the upper half casing shall be provided to serve as an air
release or volute priming connection.
Pump Capacities: The pumps shall have pumping capacities which satisfy the
following conditions at a maximum speed of 1800 RPM.
Capacity (gpm)
TDH (feet)
Minimum Efficiency (%)
Shut Off
290
1300
265
75
1400
U4 225
75
MOTORS:
The motor driven pumps for installation in the Auxiliary Pump Station shall
be furnished complete with an open, drip-proof, horizontal, squirrel cage
induction, NEMA Design B motor for operation on 460 Volts, three phase, 60
Hertz. The electric motor shall be capable of driving the pump at a speed of
1750 RPM throughout the range of the pump without exceeding 100% of the rated
horsepower of the motor. The motor shall have a service factor of 1.15.
PAINTING:
All pumps, motors, bases, and auxiliary equipment and accessories shall be
shop painted with the manufacturer's complete paint system which shall be
certified by the manufacturer as suitable for the use and environment in
which the equipment shall be placed. The manufacturer shall provide a color
chart showing the finish coat colors normally available for his equipment,
and the Engineer shall select the finish coat color paint for each type and
color used on his equipment.
PUMP FOUNDATIONS AND SETTING:
The Contractor shall install pumps as shown on the drawings and specified in
"Equipment Erection", set anchor bolts for all pumps in accordance with
certified shop drawings which have been approved by the Engineer. The anchor
bolts, with sleeves, shall be installed in the foundations and protected to
prevent grout from entering the sleeves at top or bottom. All pumping
equipment shall be set, aligned, leveled, and grouted in place and such work
shall be approved by a responsible representative of the manufacturer of the
pumps.
0603-00 T14 Pumping Equipment Addenda #Ldoc
T14-3
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T14
PUMPING EQUIPMENT
TESTS:
Shop Tests: Each pump assembly shall be shop
Section A6 of ANSI Specification B58.1-1955.
laboratory data sheet and certified performance
the Engineer prior to final acceptance.
tested in accordance with
Five (5) copies of the
curves shall be approved by
Field Test: After the pumping equipment and controls are installed, the
Contractor shall conduct, in the presence of the Engineer and a responsible
representative of the manufacturer of the pump, and eight-hour test run
covering the full range of operating conditions as specified herein.
Acceptance of the equipment shall be predicated upon satisfactory operation
during this field test. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment, labor,
materials, power, and bear all costs of the eight-hour test of each pumping
unit.
TOOLS AND PARTS LISTS:
Tools: The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing any special tools
or lubricating devices required to perform maintenance on the pumping
equipment. Six copies of printed instructions for lubrication or other
preventive maintenance operations shall be furnished.
Parts Lists:
furnished.
furnished.
showing each component
Six copies of the parts
of
and
the pumping unit
operations manual
shall be
shall be
part
list
PAYMENT:
Payment for all items covered by this section of the specifications shall be
paid in accordance with the bid item list. No other separate payment will be
made for the work by this section of the, specifications and all costs in
connection therewith shall be included in the appropriate lump sum or unit
price in the bid list. All work not directly listed in the bid list shall be
considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor.
0603-00 T14 Pumping Equipnent Addenda #1.doc
T14-4
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T16
ELECTRICAL
SCOPE:
The work covered by this section of the speci,fications consists of furnishing
all plant, . labor, equipment, appliances and materials, and in performing all
electrical work, complete and in strict accordance with this section of the
specifications, the applicable drawings, and subject to the terms and
conditions of the Contract.
GENERAL:
The Contractor shall be responsible for providing a complete, safe and workable
electrical system.
All components or equipment furnished under this specification shall be new and
unused.
All electrical connections whether made by the Contractor or made by vendors
furnishing equipment packages shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
All electrical connections shall be checked for proper torque, tension,
compression or tightness by the Contractor.
All electrical connections determined to need attention shall be corrected by
,
the Contractor.
Trench excavation, for underground conduits and duct banks shall conform to
Section T2 of these specifications.
CODES:
All electrical work shall be in conformance with the requirements and
recommendations of the latest edition of the National Electrical Code, the
National Electrical Safety Code, and all local codes and ordinances. Materials
shall bear the label of the Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc., whenever
applicable labeling is available for such materials.
STANDARDS:
The latest issue of the specifications and standards of the following
organizations are by reference made a part of these specifications. All
electrical work, unless otherwise indicated, shall comply with their
requirements and recommendations wherever applicable:
Illuminating Engineering Society (IES)
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE)
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM)
Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA)
National Bureau of Standards (NBS)
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA)
Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL)
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
0603-00 T16 Electrical.doc
T16-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,E
SECTION T16
ELECTRICAL
TESTS DURING CONSTRUCTION:
All tests are to be conducted in the presence of the Engineer and RPR. Prior
to energization, insulation resistance between individual conductors in conduit
and from conductors and equipment windings to ground shall be measured.
Measurements shall be made using a "Megger" ground tester (SOO volts) as
manufactured by the James G. Biddle Company, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, or
"Vibraground" tester manufactured by the Associated Research Company, Inc.,
Chicago, Illinois. Wiring and equipment not measuring up to minimum insulation
resistance required by the Underwriters' Laboratory regulations shall be put in
good condition at the electrical contractor's expense.
All ground connections, ground buses, and equipment ground resistances shall be
read using methods and test devices as manufactured by the James G. Biddle
Company, or equal.
The Contractor shall have available 2 phase rotation meters to verify phase
rotation of utility connection to Transfer Switch. Rotation shall be A-B-C
Clockwise, left to right, or top to bottom, when viewed from front of
equipment. The rotation of the generator connection shall match that of the
Utility. Phase rotation shall be confirmed in the presence of the Engineer.
Rotation checks shall be made on all motors before final mechanical connections
are made. Changes necessary to obtain correct rotation shall be performed by
the Contractor.
TESTS OR CHECKS BY INSPECTING AUTHORITY:
The Contractor shall
inspections or checks.
with
code-enforcing
cooperate
authorities
during
PRELIMINARY TRIALS:
The electrical contractor shall, in .the presence of the Engineer or his
authorized representative, run preliminary trials of the equipment connected by
him. These trials or tests shall consist of, but not be limited to, checking
motor rotation, checking all interlock circuitry for correct operation and
checking all equipment connected by'him for proper operation.
FINAL ACCEPTANCE TESTS AND INSPECTIONS:
After the wiring system is completed, and at such time as the Engineer shall
direct, the Contractor shall conduct operational checks to demonstrate that all
equipment performs in accordance with the requirements of these specifications,
contract drawings and vendor information.
The Contractor shall cooperate with the Engineer in performing final
inspections. Panel covers shall be removed, doors opened, etc. at the
direction of the OAR, to facilitate checks and inspect~ons. All equipment
opened or disturbed shall be returned to operational condition after the
inspection and approval.
0603-00 Tl6 Electrical.doc
T16-2
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T16
ELECTRICAL
TEST RESULTS:
All results from tests, preliminary trials and final acceptance tests shall be
documented by the Contractor and turned over to the Engineer at the completion
of the job. Six copies of complete test results are required.
CORRECTIONS:
Any wiring installation or connection errors discovered during the test and/or
trials shall be corrected by the Contractor at his own expense. Any equipment,
materials or components damaged or destroyed as a result of improper
installation or connection by the Contractor shall be replaced by him at his
own expense.
CONTRACT DRAWINGS:
The drawings indicate the general arrangement of
drawings. Dimensions for layout of equipment
architectural, mechanical, structural plans or by
specifically indicated on electrical plans.
equipment. Do not scale
shall be obtained from
field measurement, unless
Coordinate electrical work with details, sections, elevations
on architectural, mechanical and structural drawings and
Modify electrical work to conform to requirements of equipment
conditions encountered in serving that equipment.
and plans found
specifications.
being served and
SHOP DRAWINGS, VENDOR PRINTS AND DATA:
Shop Drawings: The plans show the extent and general arrangement of the
equipment and may be modified as required to suit the equipment furnished,
subject to the approval of the Engineer. As soon as practicable, and within 45
days after the award of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit the following
descriptive literature and drawings for all equipment furnished under this
section of the specifications:
Six complete sets of shop drawings, vendor data sheets, wiring diagrams,
etc.
Each submittal item shall be marked to show the specification section and
page numbers(s) covering that item, equipment name and number.
Submittals for lighting fixtures shall
type of ballast and lamps to be used.
require sample fixtures to be submitted
include photometric data and exact
The Engineer reserves the right to
for approval.
Record Drawings: The Contractor shall reserve one complete set of electrical
prints for as-built drawings. Any approved deviation from the contract plans
shall be recorded on these prints by the Contractor. As-built drawings will
be checked on the last working day of each month for accuracy and
completeness by the Engineer or his authorized representative.
0603-00 Tl6 Electrical.doc
T16-3
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTIONT16
ELECTRICAL
Documentation: At the end of final inspection, the Contractor shall provide
six sets of complete data on electrical materials and equipment used ,on this
job. This data shall be in bound form and shall include the following items:
A complete table of contents.
Data sheets indicating electrical and functional characteristics of all
devices and equipment.
/Copies of all approved submittals.
Panelboard circuit directories reflecting all field changes.
The Contractor shall turn over all as-built drawings (record drawings) to the
Engineer at the time of final inspection.
MATERIALS:
Materials shall be furnished in
specification, applicable drawings,
forth hereinbefore.
accordance with the requirements of this
agreement and "Codes and Standards" as set
All material furnished by the Contractor shall be new, without defects and
shall be delivered to the job site in the original cartons or packages.
All material of the same type shall be the product of one manufacturer where
feasible.
Equipment grouped together to serve a common purpose
one manufacturer or supplier (e. g. ; lineup of
controllers, transformers, etc.)
shall be the product of
starters, contactors,
The use of manufacturer's name and catalog number in these specifications is to
define the type and quality of electrical components required. Where possible,
two or more sources have been listed. Other manufacturer's products may be
used only with written approval of the Engineer to assure overall system
compatibility and reliability.
WORK:
The term "Work" is taken to include "labor, supervision, installation" and
other action needed to complete the electrical system.
All wor k
accepted.
involved.
shall
All
be of the
work shall
highest quality.
be performed by
No sub-standard
workmen skilled
work will be
in the trades
CONDUIT :
All interior exposed conduit
threaded couplings and fittings.
shall be Intermediate metal conduit with
Thin wall (EMT) conduit shall not be used.
0603-00 T16 Electrical. doc
T16-4
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T16
ELECTRICAL
All exterior exposed conduit shall be galvanized rigid conduit with threaded
couplings and fittings.
Conduit runs smaller than 3/4" trade size shall not be used except 1/2"
conduit may be used for making attachments to equipment which, because of its
construction, will not accept a larger size conduit. Lengths of 1/2"
conduits shall be as short as possible.
All exposed conduit shall be run at right angles or parallel to structural
members. Vertical runs shall be plumb. Diagonal conduit runs shall not be
made except with written permission of the Engineer or when conduits are run
below grade or above ceilings. Below grade runs of conduit shall follow paths
as specified on the electrical drawings.
Conduit runs installed underground in or below concrete slabs, below grade in
duct banks, or in concrete walls shall be rigid galvanized steel conduit for
sizes 2~' and below. Sizes above 2" may be rigid galvanized steel or rigid
plastic conduit not less that Schedule 40.
All underground conduit runs, whether single or runs in duct banks shall be
encased in concrete with the top of the concrete envelope not less than 24
inches below grade. The concrete envelope for single conduit runs shall be not
less than 3 inches on all sides while duct banks shall be as detailed on the
plans. Encased rigid plastic conduit runs shall use cemented socketweld
couplings or integral bells on conduit. All underground conduit runs shall be
terminated with rigid galvanized steel elbows and fittings.
Concrete for electrical
gravel aggregate, f'c
Admixture shall be 3% by
mixed into the concrete.
conduit encasement shall be standard mix with pea
2000 psi, with admixture to produce red color.
weight of pure synthetic red iron oxide uniformly
All cuts on conduit shall be square. Conduit ends shall be reamed after
cutting. Couplings and threaded hubs shall have no less than five (S) full
threads of the conduit engaged and shall be screwed up wrench tight and butted.
Seamless pipe shall be used for all bends made in the field. Conduit bends
shall be made with standard "hickeys" to prevent kinks or flats in the bends.
The proper size hickey shall be used for each size conduit.
The radius of the curve of the inner edge of any bend shall not be less than
six (6) times the internal diameter of the conduit. All bends shall be
carefully inspected for flaws before installation.
Flexible conduit connections shall be used at all motors or wherever vibration
may make rigid conduit connections impractical. Flexible conduit in non-
hazardous areas shall be flexible metal condui t covered with a polyethylene
jacket. Metallic portion of all flexible conduit shall be bonded to boxes.
Wherever conduits cross building expansion joints,' conduit expansion joints
shall be provided.
'ZEL,
ENGINEERS
---'
0603-00 T16 Electrical. doc
T16-S
I
I
I
1-
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T16
ELECTRICAL
The installation of all conduit shall be properly coordinated with the work of
other trades. Field routed conduit paths must be approved by the Engineer
before installation.
Use galvanized rigid conduit where conduit
concrete embedded to exposed, under equipment
pole foundations, and for analog circui t-s.
changes from
mounting pads,
underground and/or
in exterior light
PULL BOXES:
Pull boxes shall be constructed of stainless steel or copper free aluminum of
not less than the minimum size recommended by the National Electrical Code.
Pull boxes shall be weatherproof, NEMA 4X unless noted.
The Contractor shall provide pull boxes where shown on the drawings or as
required by the code, whether shown on the drawings or not. Pull boxes shall
be approved for use in the area where they are installed. All pull boxes and
junction boxes shall be sized to permit pulling of conductors out of boxes and
feeding back into the boxes without exceeding the bending radius of cables as
recommended by the cable manufacturer.
Pull boxes, junction boxes or suitable conduit fittings shall be provided
accordance with the following schedule:
in
Run
Max. length without pull box
Straight
One 900 bend
Two or more 900 bends
not over 200 feet
not over 125 feet
not over 75 feet
Conduit runs between outlets shall contain not more than the equivalent of four
(4) quarter bends.
RACEWAY CLEANING:
The electrical contractor shall be responsible for cleaning all conduit,
wireways and ducts, both overhead and underground before pulling cables. For
underground ducts, the minimum cleaning shall consist of pulling a flexible
mandril 1/4 inch smaller in diameter than the duct, followed by two passes with
wire brushes the same diameter as the duct and one pass with a swab. The
Contractor must be satisfied that ducts are free of burrs or obstructions which
might damage cables before beginning pulls. If cables are damaged while being
installed they shall either be adequately repaired in a manner suitable to the
Engineer, or shall be replaced by the Contractor with new cable of comparable
quality and description, at no cost to the Owner.
Underground ducts for all services, including active, spare and telephone shall
be cleaned as specified in this section.
0603-00 Tl6 Electrical.doc
T16-6
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I'
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T16
ELECTRICAL
RACEWAY SUPPORTS:
"Raceway" is defined as conduit or any other material or equipment used to
enclose or hold cable or wire, such as wireway or cable tray.
The electrical contractor shall provide material and labor to design, fabricate
and install raceway supports.
Raceway shall be installed with at least
uninsulated hot p'ipes or other hot surfaces.
enough apart on supports so that the conduit
pulling or splicing wires.
six (6) inches
Condui t shall
fittings are
clearance from
be spaced far
accessible for
Raceway shall not be supported from process piping.
All conduit one (1) inch trade size and smaller shall have supports spaced not
more than eight (8) feet apart on horizontal runs and ten (10) feet on vertical
runs. All other raceways shall be supported at intervals not to exceed ten
(10) feet horizontally or vertically.
Supports shall be provided on each side of conduit bends or elbows and not more
than 3 feet from any outlet or termination point.
Where raceway requires support between structural framing members, sui table
supplementary steel members shall be provided by the Contractor to span between
them. Drilling of holes in flanges of structural framing members for hangers
or supplementary steel will be permitted only with the approval of the
Engineer. Under no circumstances shall holes be permitted in the center
portion of any structural member.
,Conduit not located in main racks shall be supported in a
one (1) hole malleable clamps, U-bolts, Korns Clamps
Perforated strap or plumbers strap will not be permitted.
suitable manner by
or similar means.
Raceway supports shall be secured to concrete work by approved expansion
anchors or bolts, or by inserts set at the time the concrete is poured. When
conduit supports or racks are attached to structural members, properly drilled
holes shall be used. Burning of holes in structural steel members shall not be
permitted. Supports or racks may be welded to structural steel members only if
welded areas and cut ends are repaired with Galvalloy or equal.
All structures or supports for raceway shall be constructed for free draining,
such that condensation or precipitation will not be trapped.
WIRE AND CABLE:
General:
Conductors for lighting and power circuits shall not be less than #12 AWG,
stranded copper and conform to the following standards and/or specifications.
Conductors for control use shall not be less than #16 AWG, stranded copper
with type THHN/THWN insulation.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
0603-00 Tl6 Electrical.doc
T16-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION >T16
.ELECTRICAL
Conductors shall not be smaller than indicated on the drawings nor less than
that required by the National Electrical Code (NEC).
Unless otherwise indicated, provide stranded conductors, except provide solid
, conductors where No. 10 AWG and No. 12 AWG are designated for branch circuit
power wiring in lighting and receptacle circuits.
Cables and conductors shall be tagged for identificatio:n: by the electrical
contractor using printed tape, or equal method, at each end and at all
intermediate junction, tap or splice points. Use individual wire numbers as
shown on the wiring diagrams and elementaries for all wires so numbered. Use
cable numbers as shown on cable or circuit schedules.
All power wires shall be colored black.
color coded in accordance with the design
if not indicated by the design drawings.
Control and lighting wires shall be
drawings, ICEA standards or the NEC
All feeders entering or leaving distribution equipment, junction and pull boxes
shall have conductors tagged as to phase identification; i. e., 'A I, 'B' 'C' or
'1', '2', '3', and circuit designations.
Each coil or reel of wire and cable furnished by the electrical contractor
shall bear a tag containing the Underwriter's listing stamp, name of
manufacturer, trade designation and month and year of manufacture. Material
shall be of recent manufacture and in no case older than six (6) months.
600 Volts and Below:
Wire sizes through #6 shall have THHN/THWN insulation. Wire sizes larger than
#6 shall be Type XHHW-2 chemically crosslinked polyethylene insulation and
shall meet or exceed ICEA S-95-658, NEMA WC-70, and UL 44.
Insulated ground conductors shall have THHN/THWN or XHHW green insulation.
Conductors shall be manufactured by Service Wire Co., Okonite, BICC or an
approved equal.
Instrument Cable:
Single pair instrument cable shall be 2/c shielded twisted pair rated 600
volts, with #16/AWG stranded tinned copper conductors, PVC insulation with
nylon jacket, tinned copper braided shield, and overall PVC jacket. Cable
shall be Belden No. 9952 or approved equal.
Multi-pair instrument cable shall be similar to above except each pair to
have a metallic foil shield with drain wire and an overall metallic foil
shield. Cable shall be Belden No. 1055A for 2 pair, 1037A for 3 pair, etc.,
or approved equal.
Special instrument cable shall be as specified on the contract drawings.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
0603-00 Tl6 Electrical.doc
T16-8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION Tl6
ELECTRICAL
WIRE CONNECTIONS AND DEVICES:
Wires and cables shall be installed without joints or splices, as
practical. Splices, connections and terminations, when needed, shall
with approved pressure-type solderless fittings. Wire nuts will
permitted except on lighting and receptacle circuits where necessary.
far as
be made
not be
Connectors, splices and terminations shall be securely
indent tools designed to bring uniform pressure on all
loosen under normal vibration or strain.
fastened with double
sides and shall not
Fittings shall be of the correct size for the conductors and strands shall not
be cut from conductors.
Splices, if used, shall be insulated such that insulation will be equal to or
better than the insulation on wires which are spliced.
Installing Wire And Cable:
All wire and cable shall be installed in raceway systems. No wire or cable
shall be installed until the raceway system for that wire or cable is complete.
Wire pulling lubricant shall be used when installing wire or cable in raceway
whose length from feeding point to pulling point exceeds 25 feet (except tray).
Care shall be taken to ensure conductor maximum pulling tension is not exceeded
while pulling wire into conduit.
Installation in Panelboards, Cabinets, Control Panels, Etc.:
Wiring in such installations shall be neatly formed, grouped and laced with
non-conductive binders.
BOXES, CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES:
Pull boxes shall be supplied in conformance with a prior subsection of this
specification.
Junction boxes, cabinets and
equipment shall be provided as
National Electrical Code.
other enclosures for electrical materials or
shown on the drawings or as required by the
Size shall be the larger of that shown on the drawings or as required by the
National Electrical Code.
Material shall be stainless steel or copper free aluminum.
All boxes and cabinets installed outdoors shall be of NEMA 4X construction and
shall be fitted with covers suitable for the environment in which they are
located.
0603-00 Tl6 Electrical. doc
T16-9
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
I
I
SECTION T16
ELECTRICAL
All connections to boxes and cabinets installed outdoors shall be by threaded
hubs or fittings meeting NEMA 4 minimum requirements.
Outlet boxes of a type to suit the intended use shall be installed at the
locations shown on the drawings.
Location of outlet boxes shall be closely coordinated with the work of other
trades to avoid interferences and provide efficient service to the devices or
equipment served.
All supports fabricated for outdoor boxes shall be aluminum or galvanized
steel.
PANELBOARDS:
Furnish and install circuit breaker type lighting and power panelboards as
indicated on the drawings and schedules.
Panelboards shall be of the dead-front safety type employing thermal-magnetic
molded case circuit breakers.
A steel circuit directory frame and card with a clear plastic covering shall be
provided on the inside of the door. The directory card shall provide a space
at least 1/4" high x 3" long for each circuit. The directory shall be typed to
identify the load fed by each circuit.
Panelboard fronts ,to be hinged door-in-door trim.
Interiors shall be completely factory assembled devices. They shall be
designed such that switching and protective devices can be replaced without
disturbing adjacent units and without removing the main bus connectors.
Surface trims shall be same height and width as box.
overlap the box by 3/4 of an inch on all sides.
Flush trims shall
Main bus bars shall be copper sized in accordance 'with UL standards to limit
temperature rise on any current carrying part to a maximum of 650C above an
ambient of 400C maximum.
A system ground bus shall be included in all panels.
Full-size (100%-rated) insulated neutral bars shall be included for
panelboards shown with neutral. Bus bar taps for panels with single-pole
branches shall be arranged for sequence phasing of the branch circuit
devices. Neutral busing shall have a suitable lug for each outgoing feeder
requiring a neutral connection. 200%-rated neutrals shall be supplied for
panels designated on drawings with oversized neutral conductors.
Enclosures shall be at least 20 inches wide made from galvan~zed steel.
Provide minimum gutter space in accordance with the National Electrical Code.
Where feeder cables supplying the mains of a panel are carried through its
0603-00 Tl6 Electrical.doc
T16-10
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T16
ELECTRICAL
box to supply other electrical equipment, the box shall be sized to include
the additional required wiring space. At least four interior mounting studs
with adjustable nuts shall be provided.
Enclosures shall be provided with blank ends.
Provide owner with electronic copy of panelboard schedule.
Provide an engraved nameplate for each panel section.
Surfaces of the trim assembly shall be properly cleaned, primed, and a finish
coat of gray ANSI 61 paint applied.
Install 6 feet to top of panelboard; install panelboards taller than 6 feet
with bottom no more than 4 inches above floor.
Manufacturer to match existing equipment manufacturer.
was provided by GE.
Existing equipment
SWITCHES, RECEPTACLES AND DEVICES:
All wiring devices shall be of heavy duty industrial grade or hospital grade
construction.
Wiring connections shall be made only via looping conductors around terminal
screws. Devices employing only "slip-in" wire connections shall not be used.
(Compression type connections are permitted with power receptacles and plugs.)
Devices shall be held securely in place by threaded screws attached to outlet
boxes. Devices shall, in no way, depend on cover plates for support.
Wiring devices installed outdoors or in potentially wet areas shall be
installed in FS boxes with weatherproof covers.
Wiring devices installed indoors shall be installed in recessed boxes wherever
possible with stainless steel covers.
Plates shall be properly aligned horizontally and vertically.
All flush mounted Plates shall be oversized 304 S.S.
All surface mounted plates shall be same height and width as box.
Switches:
All switches shall be rated 20 amps, 120/277 volt, silent type.
Where more than one switch is indicated in the same location, switches shall be
gang mounted under a common cover plate.
Unless noted otherwise, switches shall be set 48 inches above walking surface
and shall clear door trim or corners approximately 4 inches from the edge of
the space occupied.
0603-00 Tl6 Electrical.doc
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
T16-11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
SECTION T16
ELECTRI,CAL
Switch locations shall be coordinated to place switches on the strike side of
doors.
120 Volt Convenience Outlets (Receptacles):
All receptacles shall be single or duplex grounding type rated 20 amps, 125
volts, A.C., NEMA 5-20R, except as noted on drawings. Receptacles shall be
ground fault interrupting type (GFCI)where noted on drawings or required by
codes.
All receptacles located outdoors or in damp locations shall be the ground fault
interrupting type with a weatherproof hinged cover.
Control Switches:
Push buttons and selector switc4es shall be industrial, heavy duty, oil tight
construction to mount in a standard 1-7/32 inch diameter hole. Contact blocks
shall be suitable for side-by-side and/or tandem mounting to the base of the
operator. Terminals shall be pressure clamp type to accommodate #12 - #18
stranded copper wire. Contacts to be rated at least 60 ampere make, 6 ampere
break at 120 volts AC. Switches shall be manufactured by Square-D, GE, or
Eaton/Cutler-Hammer.
Pilot Lights:
Pilot lights shall be industrial, oil tight construction, 120 volt transformer
type, with interchangeable colored lens, to mount in a standard 1-7/32 inch
diameter hole. Terminals shall be pressure clamp type to accommodate #12 - #18
stranded copper wire.
Rela~s:
Unless otherwise noted on drawings, all relays shall be industrial machine tool
type with convertible 600 volt AC contacts with minimum ratings of 60 ampere
make, 6 ampere break at 120 volts AC. Coils shall be of molded construction,
matched to the circuit voltage and continuous duty rated. Terminals shall be
provided with pressure wire connectors.
DISCONNECT SWITCHES:
Swi tches shall be provided as
National Electrical Code and
construction.
shown on the drawings or as required by the
shall be of heavy duty, industrial rated
Switches shall be type and size as shown on the drawings.
All switches shall be rated NEMA 4X if located outdoors, NEMA 1 minimum if
located indoors, unless otherwise noted on drawings.
Switches shall be installed to be fully accessible in accordance with the NEC.
Switches shall be constructed to simultaneously disconnect all ungrounded
conductors.
0603-00 T16 Electrical.doc
T16-l2
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T16
ELECTRICAL
Switches shall be identified with name and number of circuit(s) or motor(s)
served.
Rating and Over-current Protection:
Low voltage switches used to disconnect motor circuits shall be horsepower
rated. Rating must equal or exceed the horsepower of motor(s) fed by the
switch (es) .
If a fused disconnect switch is called for, fuses of size and rating specified
on the drawings or schedules, by the equipment manufacturer, or by the NEC
shall be supplied by the Contractor.
OVER-CURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES:
Rating:
All devices shall be rated to conduct at least the maximum full load current
of the circuit in which it is used.
All protective devices which interrupt overload or short circuit current shall
be rated to interrupt and withstand the maximum bolted fault current which may
occur in the circuit to which it is connected.
All devices shall be furnished to agree with any additional requirements listed
on the drawings and schedules.
Fuses:
Fuses shall be one-time type. Renewable fuses are specifically prohibited.
Fuses, unless noted otherwise, shall be current-limiting type.
Only cartridge-type fuses may be used. Plug-type fuses are prohibited.
Circuit Breakers:
Molded case circuit breakers for panelboards and similar uses shall be thermal-
magnetic type. Magnetic-only type may be used in combination motor starters.
Molded case circuit breakers shall be bolt-on type. Plug-in type connections
shall not be used. Load side lugs shall be furnished to match the number, type
and size wire or cable attached.
All breakers shall be manufactured by the supplier of the panelboard.
Motor Overloads:
Motor overload relays shall be 3 pole, ambient compensated type.
The Contractor shall provide all motor overload relay heaters.
0603-00 Tl6 Electrical.doc
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
T16-13
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T16
ELECTRICAL
Heaters shall be sized according to manufacturer's recommendations and
according to actual motor nameplate data.
Motor overload relays shall be furnished as integral components of all motor
starters.
GROUNDING:
Install ground system as shown on drawings and as specified herein.
Non-current carrying metal parts of all electrical equipment shall be grounded
to equal or exceed the requirements of the National Electrical Code. In
general, a separate ground conductor shall be attached to each item for whic~
grounding is required. Switchgear assemblies, motor control centers, motors,
motor starters, feeder breakers or switches and switch racks shall be connected
to the ground system. All metallic conduit and raceway shall be grounded
directly or through the equipment.
All neutral conductors shall be grounded, except where specifically exempted.
Neutrals shall be connected to ground at only one point, as specified by the
NEC (usually at system distribution panel) .
Ground rods to be copper-clad steel rods not less than 3/4 inch in diameter, 10
feet long driven full length into the earth.
For below grade connections, provide exothermic-welded type of connectors as
manufactured by cadweld, thermoweld, or equal.
For above grade connections, provide exothermic-welded, or compression type
connectors.
LIGHTING:
Lighting fixtures and lamps as shown on the drawings, schedules and/or this
specification shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor.
Lighting fixtures shall be located approximately as shown on the electrical
drawings. The Contractor shall review drawings of other trades to provide
lighting fixtures compatible with surrounding conditions, to provide effective
lighting for the work areas and to prevent interference between lighting
equipment and other equipment.
Installation ,and proper support of lighting fixtures shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor. Fixtures shall be aligned and mounted
uniformly. Aiming to accomplish effective lighting of areas to be illuminated
shall be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall supply all hardware
and accessories necessary for proper mounting and installation of fixtures.
All fixtures to be UL listed.
Support surface mounted luminaires on grid ceiling directly from building
structure. Provide safety clips to secure fixture to ceiling grid, and
locate at opposite corners of fixture.
0603-00 n6 Electrical. doc
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
T16-14
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T16
ELECTRICAL
Install recessed luminaires to permit removal from below.
Install recessed luminaires using accessories and firestopping materials to
meet regulatory requirements for fire rating.
Install clips to secure recessed grid-supported luminaires in place.
directly from building structure.
Support
Exterior Lighting Fixtures:
All exterior lighting fixtures shall be industrially rated, enclosed, gasketed,
and weatherproof.
BALLAST:
All ballast to be UL listed.
Ballast to match lamp type and voltage. See fixture schedule.
Make every effort to provide all ballast from the same manufacturer. Ballast
within luminaries of a given type must be from the same manufacturer.
Fluorescent Ballast specifications:
1. Ballast shall be instant start.
2. THD of less than 20% unless otherwise noted on drawings
3. Power factor of greater than .95
4. Ballast shall operate from 60 Hz input source of 120V, 277V, or 347V as
applicable with sustained vaiations of ~ 10% (voltage and frequency) with
no damage to the ballast
5. Ballast shall be high frequency electronic type and operate lamps at a
frequency between 20 kHz and 30 kHz or above 42 kHz to avoid interference
with infared devices and eliminate visible flicker.
6. Ballast shall provide for a lamp current crest factor of 1.7 or less in
accordance with lamp manufacturer recommendations.
7. Ballast shall have a Class A sound rating for all 4-foot lamps and
smaller.
S. Ballast shall have a minimum ballast factor for primary lamp application
as follows: 0.75 for low watt, 0.S5 for normal light output, and 1.20 for
high light.
9. Ballast shall have a minimum starting temperature of
standardTS lamps.
-lS0C (OoF) for
10.Ballast shall contain auto restart circuitry in order to restart lamps
without resetting power.
0603-00 T16 Electrica1.doc
T16-1S
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T16
ELECTRICAL
11. Ballast shall be manufactured in a factory certified to ISO 9002 Quality
System Standards.
12.Ballast shall carry a five-year warranty from date of manufacture against
defects in material or workmanship, including replacement, for operation
at a maximum case temperature of 700C.
13. Manufacturer shall have a fifteen-year history of producing electronic
ballast for the North American market.
HID Ballast Specification
1. Constant wattage autotransforme~ or regulator, high power factor type
2. Single lamp ballast.
3. Minimum starting temperature of -300C and designed for installation in a
normal ambient temperature of 400C.
4. Use ballast constructed so that open circuit operation will not reduce
the average life.
S. Ballast shall contain auto restart circuitry in order to restart lamps
without resetting power.
6. Ballast shall be manufactured in a factory certified to ISO 9002
Quality System Standards.
7. Ballast shall carry a two-year warranty from date of manufacture
against defects in material or workmanship, including replacement.
8. Manufacturer shall have a fifteen-year history of producing magnetic
ballast for the North American market.
Lamps:
Lamps shall be provided for all fixtures. Lamps installed during construction,
which have experienced more than SO% of burning hour life, as published in
manufacturer's data, shall be replaced with new lamps prior to final
inspection.
Incandescent lamps shall be rated for a minimum of 2S00 burning hour life and
shall be vibration resistant.
Fluorescent lamps shall be high efficiency type employing latest technology
designed to yield maximum lumens output per watts input.
HID Lamps shall be furnished with fixtures as specified on the drawings.
All lamps shall be of the same manufacturer.
Lamp type and color will be as noted on drawings.
All lamps to be UL Listed.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
0603-00 T16 Electrica1.doc
T16-16
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T16
ELECTRICAL
MOTORS:
Motors for the pumps will be furnished with the pumps under Section T14 of
this specification.
Motors furnished under other sections of these specifications shall be of
sufficient size for the duty to be performed and shall not exceed 100% of the
full-load rating when the driven equipment is operating at specified capacity
under the most severe conditions likely to be encountered. Unless otherwise
specified, all motors shall be for operation on 460 volts, ,3 phase, 60 Hertz
and shall be totally enclosed suitable for continuous-duty based on a 40 degree
C. ambient temperature of reference. Polyphase motors shall be squirrel-cage
type, having normal-starting-torque and low-starting-current characteristics,
unless other characteristics are specified elsewhere. The horsepower ratings
indicated on electrical drawings are for guidance 9nly and do not limit the
equipment size. When electrically driven equipment furnished under other
sections of these specifications materially differs from the contemplated
design, the Contractor shall make the necessary adjustments to the wiring ,
disconnect devices, branch circuit protection and starters to accommodate the
equipment actually installed, without additional cost to the Owner.
MOTOR STARTERS, CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS:
Motor Starting and Controls: Unless otherwise specified herein or noted on the
drawings, it is the intent of these specifications that motor starters and
controls for all motor operated equipment shall be furnished, installed and
wired complete for operation under this section of the specifications. All
motors are specified under other sections of these specifications to be
furnished with the equipment to be driven and, for certain specific equipment
hereinafter referenced, the control equipment is likewise specified to be
furnished with the equipment.
Motor Starters:
Combination starter units
voltage non-reversing, and
Circuit Protectors or equal.
for pump motors
shall utilize
shall be solid state reduced
Cutler-Hammer type HMCP Motor
Each combination unit shall be rated 65,000 AIC symmetrical at 480V. The
HMCP shall provide adj ustable magnetic protection and be provided with pin
insert to stop magnetic adjustment at 1300% motor nameplate full,load current
to comply with NEC requirements. All HMCP combination starter units shall
have a "tripped" position on the unit disconnect and a push-to-test button on
the HMCP. Type HMCP motor circuit protectors shall include transient
override feature for motor inrush current.
The solid-state reduced-voltage starters shall be Baldor to match existing
starters, and shall be UL and CSA listed in the motor control center, and
consist of an SCR based power section, logic board and paralleling bypass
contactor / starter. ' The paralleling bypass contact or shall be energized when
the motor reaches full speed.
The SCR based power section shall consist of six (6) back-to-back SCRs and
shall be rated for a minimum peak inverse voltage rating of 1500 volts PIV.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
0603-00 Tl6 Electrical.doc
T16-17
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T16
ELECTRICAL
Units using triacs or SCR/diode combinations shall not be acceptable.
Resistor/capacitor snubber networks shall be used to prevent false firing of
SCRs due to dv/dt effects.
The logic
replacement.
transformer
circuits.
board shall be mounted for ease of testing, service and
It shall have quick disconnect plug-in connectors for current
inputs, line and load voltage inputs and SCR gate firing output
The logic board shall be conformally coated to protect for environmental
concerns.
The paralleling bypass contactor shall energize when the motor reaches full
speed and close/open under one (1) times motor current.
The contactor shall be fully rated for across-the-line starting duty should
this be desired.
The contact or shall utilize an energy balanced contact closure to limit
contact bounce and an intelligent coil controller to optimize coil voltage
during varying system conditions.
The coil shall have a lifetime warranty.
The overload protection shall be electronic and be based on an inverse time-
current algorithm.
Overload protection shall be adjusted via logic board.
Class 10 or 20 overload characteristic shall be selectable.
Units using bimetal overload relays are not acceptable.
Over-temperature protection (on heat sink) shall be standard.
The solid-state logic shall be phase sensitive, and shall inhibit starting on
incorrect rotation.
Improper phase rotation shall be indicated on the starter logic board.
Starters shall protect against a phase loss/unbalance condition shutting down
if a 35% current differential between any two phases is encountered.
A normally open (NO) contact shall annunciate fault conditions, with contact
ratings of 60 VA (resistive load) and 20 VA (inductive load). In addition,
an LED display on the logic board shall indicate type of fault (current trip,
phase loss, phase rotation) .
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
0603-00 T16 Electrical.doc
T16-18
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
SECTION T16
ELECTRICAL
The following logic board adjustments are required:
a. Ramp Time; 1 to 45 seconds, on a hexadecimal switch
b. 'Initial Torque; 100 to 200% current, on a hexadecimal switch
c. Current limit; 100 to 500% current, on a hexadecimal switch
d. FLA of motor; 4 to 1 range of starter, on a DIP switch.
Smooth stopping shall provide a linear voltage deceleration.
adjustable from 1 to 75 seconds.
It is to be
The pump starters shall be wired as shown on the drawings, and shall include
the following control devices and accessories:
· A 2-position selector switch, label "Control Power".
· A 3-position selector switch, label "Local-Off-Remote".
· Start-stop pushbuttons
· Red light, push-to-test, label "Power On".
· Green light, push-to-test, label "Run".
· Yellow light, push-to-test, label "Trip".
. Elapsed time meter.
· Extra control relay with 6 NO convertible contacts.
· Extra terminal blocks as required.
· End of ramp au~iliary relay (Y3)
The control transformer shall be a minimum of 500 VA
The shunt trip relay shall be connected to open the unit circuit breaker.
Equipment Connections: All wiring (conduit, conductors and connections) for
the interconnection of electrical equipment and its controls shall be furnished
and installed under this sebtion of the specifications. Connections shall
comply with all applicable requirements of this section of the specifications.
Flexible raceways six feet or less in length shall be provided to all
electrical equipment subj ect to vibration or movement and for all motors.
Liquid tight raceways with compression fittings shall be used in damp or wet
locations.
LABELS:
General: Labels and tags are to be provided on all electrical equipment as
specified in other paragraphs of this section, as indicated on the drawings, or
as required for proper identification.
EQUIPMENT REFERENCES:
Particular attention and reference shall be made to the other sections of these
specifications for the proper coordination of all material to be furnished
and/or installed and all work to be accomplished under this section, and for
descriptions of control equipment furnished thereunder as well as the manner in
which the equipment will function. Equipment'requiring electrical connections
and coordination shall include, but not be limited to the following:
'ZEL, ENGIN'EERS ,
0603-00 T16 Electrical. doc
Tl6-19
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION Tl6
ELECTRICl\L
Section T7; Valves and Hydrants: The hydraulic rotary ball valves furnished
under this section of the specification shall be wired to operate in
conjunction with the' booster pumps as shown on the electrical drawings.
Wiring shall also be furnished for the electric actuated butterfly valve as
shown on the electrical drawings.
Section T14; Pumping Equipment: Power and control wiring shall be furnished
and installed for the motors furnished with the high service pumps under this
section of the specifications. Assistance shall be furnished as required
during the installation, check-out and testing of the pumps and motors.
PAYMENT:
Payment for all items covered by this section of the specifications shall be
paid in accordance with the bid item list. No other separate payment will be
made for the work by this section of the specifications and all costs in
connection therewith shall be included in the appropriate lump sum or unit
price in the bid list. All work not directly listed in the bid list shall be
considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor.
0603-00 T16 Electrical.doc
T16-20
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T17
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT
SCOPE:
The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing
a complete Pump Station control system with appurtenant equipment and
accessories as indicated, specified, and as necessary for a complete and
proper operating system.
Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following:
Programmable logic controllers (PLCs), instruments, and other appurtenances
as indicated and specified herein and as required by the construction
documents.
All engineering, hardware and software development, 30 Graphics development
installation, startup, calibration services and supervision necessary.
Testing and operational demonstrations as specified.
Training programs as specified.
Preparation of instruction manuals.
Related work:
Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily
limited to, General Specifications, Special Provisions, and all other related
Sections.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that all specified
instruments and controls must form a completely integrated system and, as
such, the instrumentation and control system integrator shall become familiar
with requirements necessary to provide equipment specified for the system
regardless of manufacture, and shall be responsible to the Contractor for the
complete and satisfactory operation of the entire plant instrumentation and
control system.
These specifications cover the intended function of the equipment, but do not
necessarily cover all details necessary for a complete, operable and
functional system. The manufacturer shall supply all devices and
appurtenances necessary to provide a complete, operable and satisfactory
system as indicated or specified.
The Instrumentation and Control System Integrator shall have a minimum of
five (S) years experience in providing similar operational systems of which a
listing may be requested.
Instrumentation and Control system Integrator:
It is the intent of these specifications and drawings that the Contractor
shall engage an approved and qualified Instrumentation and Control System
Integrator to provide the system as specified and indicated.
0603-00 Tl7 IMtrumentation.doc
T17-1
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
SECTION T17
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT
The Instrumentation and Control System Integrator shall
complete, integrated and functionally operating system,
the intended functions as herein specified.
design and furnish a
warranted to perform
Provide or supply all hardware and software specified herein or required and
provide all required and specified collateral services in connection with the
system such as testing, calibration, start-up, operation and maintenance
manuals, and operator training without additional cost to the Owner.
Provide system integration for control
manufacturers supplying control equipment.
by
other
equipment
systems
The Instrumentation and Control System Integrator shall be responsible to
obtain all necessary data from individual manufacturers to determine the
necessary interface requirements for operation, control and/or monitoring
between the various process manufacturers' equipment and the system being
supplied by the Instrumentation and Control System Integrator.
In order to protect the integrity of and insure compatibility with Water
Treatment Plant equipment, the services of M/R Systems Inc., of Norcross
Georgia shall be obtained by the Contractor to act as the Instrumentation and
Control System Integrator to perform the work defined herein. No
substi tutions will be allowed and products or services from other sources
will not be accepted without the express written consent of the Engineer and
the Owner.
Contractor:
Shall be fully and solely responsible
and solely responsible to the Owner
complete supervisory control and data
for the work of the systems supplier
for having supplied to the Owner the
acquisition system.
To provide personal superintendence
and supplying complete supervision
subcontractors employed by him and
Integrator.
and direction of the Vlork, maintaining
over and coordination between all
the Instrumentation and Control System
To be responsible for defining the limits of his subcontractor's work.
To be responsible for setting of instruments (including alarms, etc. as
provided under other sections).
Technical Services:
Provide supervisory service of a factory trained service engineer,
specifically trained on the type of equipment herein specified, for a period
of not less than two (2) 8-hour days during construction to assist the
Contractor in the location of sleeves, methods of installing conduit and
special cable, mounting, piping, and wiring of one of each type of service,
and the methods of protecting all of the equipment prior to placing it into
service.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
0603-00 117 Instrwnentation.doc
T17-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T17
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT
Upon completion
service engineer
calibration and
personnel.
of equipment installation, provide services of
for a period of not less than two ,8-hour
start-up of the equipment and instructing the
the above
days for
operating
The minimum days specified
Control System Integrator of
in satisfactory operation.
above do not relieve the Instrumentation and
providing sufficient service to place the system
SUBMITTALS:
Product Data:
Provide six copies of the following:
Component manufacturing data sheet indicating pertinent data and identifying
each component by item number and nomenclature as indicated on the drawings
and in the specifications.
Component
details.
drawing showing dimensions,
mounting and external connection
System wiring schematics, each on a single drawing with full description of
operation. Component identification on the schematic shall be as indicated
above.
A system schematic of the hardware with the component manufacturing data
sheets for each item, including all system peripherals.
A printed copy.
report form.
print.
of each control and monitoring
A complete description of each
and
shall
each regulator
accompany the
screen
screen
Operation and Maintenance manuals:
Provide six copies of the operation and maintenance manuals.
Operating instructions shall
entire system, including the
modifications.
incorporate a functional
system schematics, which
description of the
reflect "as-built"
Special maintenance requirements particular to the system shall be clearly
defined along with special calibration and test procedures.
As part of the operation and maintenance manuals, provide three hard copies
of the program used to program the programmable logic controller.
Software:
Purchase any and all software packages required for the system in the name of
the City of Augusta, Georgia. All warrantees associated with the hardware
and software shall be in the name of the City of Augusta, Georgia.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
0603-00 T17 Instrumentation. doc
T17-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T17
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT
Changes to Documents:
Provide to
required to
proposed.
Contractor's
Engineer for approval any changes, additions, corrections, etc.
the Bid Documents that are needed to accommodate the system being
The changes, additions, corrections, etc. shall be at the
expense and shall be included in his Bid.
COORDINATION OF WORK:
The Instrumentation and Control System Integrator shall be responsible for
reviewing the contract documents that could affect thi~ portion of the work.
plans and specifications, especially instrumentation/electrical and wiring
requirements, have been formulated in an attempt to satisfy the' conditions
for any system proposed. However, a vendor may find that some changes or
additional conduit and wiring from that indicated may be required to
accommodate particular equipment being proposed. Should this be the case,
the vendor shall include in his bid price, all changes or additional
requirements necessary for the system. After award of contract, revised
drawings must be submitted for approval indicating any changes prior to any
changes being implemented.
PRODUCT DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE:
Schedule the delivery of the equipment to coordinate with the project
completion schedule,
Each item of equipment to be tagged with identifying number shown on the Shop
Drawings.
Contractor's attention
components and extreme
external damages.
is directed to the fact that equipment has delicate
care shall be taken in handling to avoid internal and/or
Damaged equipment will not be accepted.
Equipment _not for immediate use shall
enclosures under protective coverings
moisture, extreme heat and vibration.
be
and
inside a
be fully
building,
protected
stored
shall
with
from
WARRANTY:
Systems supplier shall furnish a hardware and software maintenance contract for
the computer system, providing for an 8-hour response time in normal working
hours, five days per week for the length of the warranty period.
For any service visit during this period, provide the Owner and Engineer with a
written report stating the reason for equipment failure and recommendations to
prevent recurrence.
At the end of this period, the maintenance contract shall be made available for
transfer to the Owner.
, ZEL ~N GI N EE RS
0603-00 T17 Instrumentation.doc
T17-4
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T17
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT
PRODUCTS:
GENERAL:
The total control ~nd monitoring system shall consist of a series of individual
control and monitoring sub-systems, each configured to perform a specific
function associated with the total plant operational scheme.
All equipment and materials shall be new, unused and proved by previous use of
similar products to be completely suitable for the service intended.
All of the equipment shall be the manufacturer's latest and proven design.
Specifications and drawings call attention to certain features but do not
purport to cover all details entering into the design of the SCADA system. The
completed system shall be compatible with the functions required and other
equipment furnished by the Contractor.
All electrical components of the system shall be powered by 120V, single phase,
60-cycle current, except as otherwise indicated or specified.
All contacts for control, remote
equipment shall be rated not less
specified herein.
motor
than
operated,
10 amperes
electrically
120V unless
operated
otherwise
or
on
All systems and individual components, whether panel or field mounted units,
shall be protected from voltage and/or current surges, which may originate as a
result of lightning or other external causes.
Protec.ti ve equipment to be provided by the SCADA System supplier and
installed in accordance with his recommendations.
Schematics of the instruments submitted
shall indicate how this protection will
items of equipment which shall be used for
for approval
be provided
this purpose.
to the Engineer
and identify the
System manufacturer to supply "as-built" drawings containing all necessary
information for proper maintenance and operation of the system.
Wire log table showing connections (wire terminations) between all
furnished components to be supplied to facilitate field wiring.
Interconnection information between system components and equipment found
in other sections of these Specifications shall be complete with all
necessary interconnection information.
Notes which refer to equipment manufacturer's drawings for proper
interconnection will not be acceptable.
Provide within 30 days after startup and after any field modifications.
0603-00 T17 Instrumentation.doc
T17-S
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T17
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT
SUPERVISORY CONTROL AND DATA ACQUISITION (SCADA) SYSTEM:
It is the intent of this speciEication to establish minimum requirements for a
solid-state programmabie logic controller designed to provide high reliability
for this application. The internal wiring of the controller is to be fixed,
with the logic functions it must perform in a given application to be
programmed into its memory. The controller shall be supplied with the CPU,
input/output scanner, inputs, outputs, memory, power supply, and all power and
interface cables necessary to function as a complete and operable programmable
controller system. Programmable logic controllers (PLCs) shall be supplied for
the following locations and shall be Modicon Quantum Series or Modicon Momentum
Series as specified below:
Pump Station Control Room PLC and Radio Enclosure:
The Pump Station Control PLC and Radio Enclosure shall employ a
Modicon Momentum PLC, power supply, and I/O;
Minimum wired I/O complement shall be 16 digital inputs, 16 digital
outputs, 8 analog inputs, and 0 analog outputs.
Use existing Microwave Data
complete with power supply,
equipment as required.
Systems (MDS) radio and install
surge protection, and ancillary
Cabinets and Enclosures:
Provide cabinets with hinged doors and 3-point latch for easy access.
Cooling fans and inlet louvers with replaceable filters shall be used to
provide proper cooling if required.
Unless specifically indicated on drawings enclosure ratings shall be:
Enclosures for PLC-based I/O sub-systems which shall be mounted in
hostile environments or outdoors shall be of NEMA 4X construction (#304
stainless steel).
Enclosures for PLC-based I/O sub-systems which shall be mounted in non-
hostile indoors environments shall be of NEMA 12 construction (painted
carbon steel).
Cooling equipment shall be sized to maintain the proper temperature inside
the enclosure with outside ambient temperature at 900F.
PLC Enclosure Construction:
All PLC equipment shall be suitable for operation 120V, 60 Hz, single-phase
power.
Receptacles with isolated ground shall be supplied internal to the PLC
enclosures.
0603-00 T17 Instrumentation.doc
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
T17-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T17
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT
All field wiring terminations shall be made to terminal strips capable of
accommodating up to #12 AWG wire. Terminal strips shall be mounted using DIN
rails. Terminal strips shall be as manufactured by Phoenix, Square D, or
approved equal.
All analog inputs, including spare analog inputs, shall be protected from
surges using three separate levels of surge/transient suppression. The first
level of protection shall be via a 1/4 Amp 3AG size fast acting fuse.
Secondary and tertiary protection shall be fulfilled using combination gas
discharge and metallic oxide varistor (MOV) surge protection with current
limi ting resistors. Terminals shall be, installed to allow each of the four
analog inputs to be configured for 2-wire or 4-wire process transmitters and
to produce either 4 to 20 mA or 1 to 5,VDC outputs to the PLC and any future
display or signal conversion devices. Terminals shall be installed adjacent
to the analog surge protection to provide 24 VDC for connections of ~uture 2-
wire transmitters. Analog surge protectors shall be M/R Systems Kamikaze II
or equal as approved'by the Engineer.
All digital inputs, including spare digital inputs, shall be isolated from
field wiring through terminal strips and indicating electro-mechanical
relays. Minimum contact rating for the indicating relays shall be 5 Amps at
250 VAC.
All digital outputs, including spare digital outputs, shall be isolated from
field wiring through terminal strips and indicating electro-mechanical relays
with contact ratings of 10 Amps at 250 VAC minimum.
Separate DC power supplies shall be provided for the PLC and for field analog
and digital inputs. All DC power supplies shall be protected via indicating
3AG size fast acting fuses. Indicating fuse holders shall be DIN rail
mounted.
. A fluorescent light (18" minimum) shall be mounted in the top of each PLC
enclosure. The light shall be wired to a 2-pole limit switch, which shall be
mounted on the door of the PLC enclosure. When the door is opened, the light
will automatically be turned on. When the door is closed, the light will
automatically be turned off. Also as the door is opened the second pole of
the limit switch shall be wired to a non-relay-isolated input of the PLC to
provide an intrusion signal to the computer system.
Surge protectors shall be provided internal to the PLC enclosure to provide
transient and surge protection between the RS-232C output from the radio and
the RS-232C input to the PLC.
A Liebert Online (1000 KVA/700 Watt) Uninterruptible Power Supply shall be
provided integral to each PLC enclosure. The UPS shall be Liebert Model #
GXT2-1000RT120.
Two (2) circuit breakers shall be provided integral to the PLC. One circuit
breaker shall provide protection to the PLC's internal power supplies and the
other circuit breaker shall provide protection to a Ground Fault Interrupt
(GFI) duplex utility outlet.
L
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
0603-00 Tl7 Instrumentation,doc
T17-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T17
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT
An Edco AC power surge protector shall be installed integral to the PLC to
provide transient and surge protection for incoming AC power. A separate GFI
duplex utility outlet shall be protected by the surge protector and shall be
used only for the UPS system.
RF Surge Protector Enclosure:
Provide Polyphaser IS-SONX-C2 or Edco RF surge protector housed in NEMA 4X
polycarbonate enclosure with clear front.
Provide Ground lug internal to RF surge protector enclosure as required.
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTIONS:
Electric Actuated Valve Control:
The electric actuated valves will be controlled to provide for different
pumping modes. Operator shall have the option to override valve position.
The pumping modes will be as defined in the table below:
PUMPING MODES
MODE EAV':"l EAV-2 EAV-3 EAV-4 EAV-5
1 OPEN CLOSED CLOSED OPEN CLOSED
2 CLOSED OPEN OPEN CLOSED CLOSED
3 CLOSED CLOSED OPEN CLOSED OPEN
4 CLOSED OPEN OPEN CLOSED OPEN
Provide a screen on the water plant HMI defining all modes.
descriptions are as follows:
Mode
Mode 1:
Water is stored into the ground storage tank from the 20H
pipeline from the Highland Avenue Plant and the facility pumps
that water into the 597 ft elevation system.
Mode 2:
Water from the 597 ft system fills the ground storage tank
through Valve 2 while Valves 1 and 4 isolate the pipelines and
the pumps send water to Fort Gordon through Valve 3.
Mode 3:
In this mode, the valves are set to send the water from the 597
ft system to the suction side of the pumps. A check valve in the
suction side on the tank supply prevents the 597 ft water from
entering the tank.
Mode 4:
This mode is the same as Mode 3 except that Valve 2 is open to
allow for the possible partial filling of the ground storage tank
while pumping.
Operational Modes 3 and 4 may prove very valuable in a case where
the ground storage tank runs out of water and the demands from
Fort Gordon persist.
Valve EAV-6 shall be remote controlled from water plant HMI.
0603-00 T17 Instrumentation~doc
'ZEL,
ENGINEERS
T17-8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T17
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT
Intrusion Alarm: Site has an existing intrusion alarm system.
intrusion alarm indication on HMI.
Provide
Tank Level:
Existing HydroRanger level transmitter will be providing 4-20 mA signal for
tank level.
Flow Rate:
Existing Venturi with Rosemount 3051 transmitter will provide pump station
effluent flow rate.
Pump Controls:
Provide START/STOP in Plant HMI for pump controls, "Pump Director", from PLC-
MR. Pump Director will provide 120V alarm output to PLC-MR.
Pressure Transmitter/Gauge: If zero pressure is detected on suction side,
pumps will not be allowed to operate.
INSTRUMENTATION:
Pressure Transmitter/Gauge: Pressure transmitters/gauges shall be installed
where shown on the drawings. The transmitters/gauges shall display pressure
in PSI, and shall have a 4-20MA output to be connected to the SCADA systems.
The gauge shall have 4-1/2" Dial size, ~" NPD pressure connection,
hermetically sealed case, stainless steel bourdon tube and TIP material, and
stainless steel socket. Transmitter/gauge shall be Ashcroft Duratran
transmitter Type 2279.
TAG
PRESSURE
RANGE
SHEET
NO.
REMARKS
PT-1
o -120
E1
Discharge
PT-2
o - 60
E1
Suction
Pressure gauges shall be installed in the discharge piping for the new pumps
(2 Total). Gauges shall be bronze tube Bourdon type with 3-1/2 inch dials
and pressure range of 0 to 100 psi. Each gauge shall be installed with
snubber and gauge cock and shall be Ashcroft Model 1010, or equal.
GRAPHICS:
Perform all necessary modifications and additions to the existing human-
machine interface (HMI) software application. Modify and expand the system
d~tabase, three dimensional (3D) color graphics displays, reports, etc. as
required to integrate data collected from the modified existing pump station
into the existing system.
0603-00 T17 Instrumentation. doc
T17-9
'ZEL,
ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T17
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT
Color Graphics Display Development:
All full-screen graphics displays shall depict operational parts of the
system.
Fully rendered, 3D views shall be created for monitoring.
These renderings shall be created in a 3-D modeling/animation package. The
3-D modeling/animation package shall be 3D Studio Max from Discreet Software
or equal.
Any bitmaps or graphics used to create the 3-D screens not j,ncluded as a
standard element of the modeling package shall be kept in a centralized,
common, directory to facilitate easy distribution of the models if required.
All necessary lighting shall be done from within the 3-D package ion order to
provide clear depth of field and shadows to all elements.
PAYMENT:
Payment for all items covered by this section of the specifications shall be
paid in accordance with the bid item list. No other separate payment will be
made for the work by this section of the specifications and all costs in
connection therewith shall be included in the appropriate lump sum or unit
price in the bid list. All work not directly listed in the bid list shall be
considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor.
0603-00 T17 Instrwnentation.doc
T17-10
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T19
GRASSING
SCOPE:
The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing
all plant, labor, equipment and materials and performing all operations
required to establish a satisfactory cover of grass within the grassing
limits and for all other unpaved areas disturbed by this construction. All
work shall be performed in strict accordance with this section of the
specifications and the applicable drawings and subject to the terms and
conditions of the Contract.
GENERAL:
The grassing operations shall consist of preparation of the soil, including
tillage, liming and fertilizing, seeding, mulching, and watering, and
maintenance and repair of planted areas until a satisfactory grass cover is
obtained and the work is finally accepted.
MATERIALS:
Seed: Slopes of 2 horizontal to 1 vertical and steeper shall be planted with
Korean Lespedeza. All other areas to be grassed shall be seeded with Hulled
Bermuda grass seed. All seed for grassing shall be tested and approved by
the Georgia Department of Agriculture not more than 6 months prior to the
date of sowing and packaged and labeled in accordance with the Georgia Seed
Laws and Rules and Regulations in effect on the date of the Invitation for
Bids. Seed which has become wet or moldy or otherwise damaged prior to the
time of sowing will be rejected.
Agricultural Lime shall be a pulverized limestone having the following
certified chemical and physical properties:
Total Carbonates, not less than 85%
Passing 10-mesh screen, at least 100%
Passing 100-mesh screen, at least 25%
Fertilizer: All fertilizer shall be a dry, free-flowing commercial 10-10-10
fertilizer suitable for application by a fertilizer distributor, grain drill,
planting machine or similar standard equipment. The fertilizer shall. be
certified to meet the requirements of Fertilizer Laws of the State of Georgia
in effect on the date of the Invitation for Bids. Any fertilizer which
becomes, caked or otherwise damaged prior to the time of use will be rejected.
Mulch: Any of the mulch materials, consisting of forest litter, hay, straw,
hulls of cotton balls or peanuts, ground corncobs, stalks of corn, cane,
potato vines, tobacco or other stems, or peat, which are permitted under
Standard Specifications of the State Highway Department of Georgia will be
acceptable provided they are properly shredded or ground. Mulch materials
which contain seeds of species of weeds or plants which would germinate and
be harmful to the proposed planting will not be accepted. Before collectioh
of mulch material is begun or delivery is made, the Contractor shall submit
samples for approval. Only approved mulch from approved sources will be
accepted.
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
0603-00 Tl9 Grassing. doc
T19-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
SECTION T19
GRASSING
Water for use in connection with the grassing operation may be purchased from
the Utility System, or obtained from any other approved source. Such water
shall be free of excess chlorine, or other chemicals or substances harmful to
plant growth.
GROUND PREPARATION:
Prior to preparin~ the ground for grassing operations, all weeds, brush and
other vegetation in the areas to be planted which has not been removed during
clearing and grubbing and grading operations shall be removed from the site.
All irregularities in the surface shall be smoothed out and-all roots, stone
and other foreign material to tillage, planting and proper growth and
maintenance of the grass shall be removed. In all areas where the topsoil
has been removed during grading operations, the topsoil which has been
stockpiled shall be returned and evenly distributed over these areas.
Objectionable foreign materials contained in the topsoil shall also be
removed as the topsoil is distributed. Herbicides used for weed control
shall conform to SC-13.
LIMING AND FERTILIZING:
After the areas to be seeded have been brought to finished grade,
agricultural lime and fertilizer conforming to the requirements of this
specification shall be uniformly distributed over the areas, lime at the rate
of one ton per acre and fertilizer at the rate of 1000 pounds per acre. In
areas where mechanical spreaders cannot be used, the lime and fertilizer may
be applied by hand methods. The lime and fertilizer shall not be applied
when the wind makes it difficult to obtain satisfactory distribution.
TILLAGE:
The lime and fertilizer shall be thoroughly and uniformly mixed with the soil
to a depth of approximately 3" by plowing, discing and harrowing until the
soil is friable and well pulverized. Hand tillage will be required in all
areas where mechanical equipment cannot be operated.
SEEDING:
Hulled Bermuda grass seed conforming to the requirements of this
specification shall be uniformly sown by approved mechanical power drawn
drills or seeders or, in small areas, by mechanical hand seeders, at the rate
of 40 pounds per acre; Lespedeza at 7S pounds per acre. The seeds shall be
covered and compacted to a depth of 1/8 to 1/2 inch by means of a cultipacker
and an empty traffic roller or another roller weighing less than 3 tons.
Broadcast seeding shall not be done when the wind makes it difficult to get
satisfactory distribution. The Bermuda grass seed shall not be planted prior
to April IS or after September IS. Seed shall not be sown unless the soil
has the optimum moisture content or more through a depth of at least 3
inches.
WATERING:
After the seeds have been sown, the moisture content of the soil will be
tested. If there is not enough moisture in the soil to insure germination
0603-00 T19 Grassing. doc
T19-2
'ZEL, ENGINEERS ,
1
'1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION Tl9
GRASSING
and adequate plant growth, water shall be applied by sprinkling until an
adequate moisture content has been reached. In the absence of adequate
rainfall during the germination and early growth period, the Contractor will
be required to maintain the' required adequate moisture content of the soil by
periodic sprinkling operations.
MULCHING:
Mulching of seeded areas will not be required but may be employed at the
option of the Contractor as an aid in: reducing erosion and conserving soil
moisture. If employed, the mulch shall ,conform to the requirements of this
specification. The rate of application of the mulch depends on the texture
of the mulch. The proper application will allow some sunlight to penetrate
and air to circulate, at the same time shading the ground. If desired,
immediately after the mulch is spread, the material may be anchored to the
soil by a cultipacker, disc harrow, or other suitable equipment.
ESTABLISHMENT AND MAINTENANCE:
The Contractor is responsible for providing a satisfactory stand of living
seeded grass in which gaps larger than 12 inches do not occur at the time of
acceptance of the project. Any areas which fail to show a uniform stand for
any reason whatsoever, shall be reseeded with Hulled Bermuda seed, and such
reseeding shall be repeated until acceptance by the Engineer. The Contractor
shall properly water, mow and otherwise maintain all planted areas and any
damage resulting from erosion, washing or other causes, shall be repaired by
fill topsoil, tamping, refertilizing and reseeding at no additional expense
to the Owner, if such damage occurs prior to acceptance of the project.
GRASSING TO CONTROL EROSION:
In the event completion of grading operations of areas to be planted extends
beyond the specified grassing periods, grassing must be postponed until the
following spring season. The Contractor will be permitted to seed such areas
with Rye grass at his own expense, or by mulching shall control erosion of
the graded areas. All mowing and maintenance operations during the fall and
winter seasons will be the obligation of, the Contractor. Erosion must be
controlled by acceptable methods to prevent damage to the Owner's property or
to adjacent property owners, and to limit migration of silt to the streams.
GRASSING TABLE
Permanent Cover:
Fertilizer: S-10-10; 1800 Ibs. per acre
Agricultural Lime: 2 tons per acre
Mulch: 2-1/2 tons mulch hay per acre
On slopes 3:1 or less:
Hulled Common Bermuda 10 Ib/ac 2/1S - 6/15 OR,
Tall Fescue SO Ib/ac 6/1S - 10/lS OR,
Un-hulled Common Burmuda 10 Ib/ac 10/lS - 2/15
Annual Rye Grass 40 Ib/ac
AND,
0603-00 T19 Grassing. doc
T19-3
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T19
GRASSING
On slopes greater than 3:1: In addition to the above, add:
Interstate Lespedeza (scarified)
Interstate Lespedeza (unscarified)
60 Ib/ac
75 Ib/ac
3/1-7/31
8/1-2/29
OR,
Temporary Cover:
Fertilizer: 10-10-10; 500 Ibs. per acre
Agricultural Lime: 1000 Ibs. per acre
Mulch: As Needed
PAYMENT:
Payment for all items covered by this section of the specifications shall be
paid in accordance with the bid item list. No other separate payment will be
made for the work by this section of the specifications and all costs in
connection therewith shall be included in the appropriate lump sum or unit
price in the bid list. All work not directly listed in the bid list shall be
considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor.
'ZEL,
ENGINEERS
...J
0603-00 T19 Grassing.doc
T19-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T22
EQUIPMENT ERECTION
SCOPE:
The work covered by this section of specifications consists of furnishing
plant, labor, supervision, equipment and materials and performing
operations in connection with Equipment Erection as shown on the Drawings
as specified herein.
all
all
and
All equipment and pipe supports shall be grouted with plain grout, unless
otherwise directed.
The Contractor, unless instructed otherwise
Representative (RPR) shall co~ply with the markings
other such notations placed upon the packages.
by the Resident proj ect
where shown for lifting and
The Contractor shall
purchased directly by
the Owner or furnished
be responsible for the final alignment of all motors
the Owner or furnished with the equipment purchased by
by the Contractor.
All work necessary for preservation of and preventive maintenance for
equipment, whether stored or erected, shall be performed by the Contractor.
Preservati ves shall be furnished by the Contractor. Contractor to maintain
written records of all preservation and preventive maintenance performed on
major equipment before time of final acceptance.
Spare parts furnished with equipment, but not to be erected, shall be placed in
the storage area designated by the RPR.
The Contractor shall furnish
acetylene, stainless steel (ss)
such
shims,
expendables as welding rods, oxygen,
cleaning solvents, cleaning rags, etc.
Equipment guards, platforms, railings, etc., furnished with equipment, shall be
completely erected by the Contractor.
ERECTION AND ASSEMBLY:
The Contractor shall place and assemble equipment and machinery in accordance
with the best practice of the trades involved.
Wherever equipment manufacturer's special setting or erection instructions are
furnished or called for by the manufacturer's representative, they shall be
followed.
Wedging will not be permitted.
equipment. All shims shall be
not be used on anchor bolts for
equipment.
Only flat shims shall be used in leveling
furnished by the Contractor. Jack nuts shall
leveling, aligning or supporting machinery and
Dial indicators shall be used for equipment alignment unless otherwise
instructed by the RPR.
Couplings shall be aligned within .003" tolerance overall unless otherwise
instructed by the RPR.
'ZEL~GINEERS
0603-00 T22 Equipment Erection.doc
T22-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T22
EQUIPMENT ERECTION
Only oil bath heaters shall be' used to expand bearings, couplings, etc. Oil
temperature shall be controlled to prevent overheating of bearings. Should
bearings be heated to temperature higher than that recommended by the bearing
manufacturer, the Owner shall have the right to require the Contractor to
provide new bearings in exchange for those overheated.
No piping shall be permanently bolted to equipment flanges until the pipe is
sufficiently supported and has been checked by the RPR to see that no strain is
placed on the equipment. All mechanical drive couplings assembled by the
vendor shall be broken and checked by the Contractor.prior to start-up and any
misalignment shall be corrected. All mechanical drive couplings shall be
rechecked prior to start-up for misalignment and any misalignment shall be
corrected by the Contractor.
The work includes the flushing of gear cases and lubricant boxes where
necessary and placement of initial fill of lubricants.
Equipment erection shall include furnishing and installing dowels which shall
be 'standard taper pins (1/4 inch to ft.) with pulling nut. Dowels shall be
installed for each component piece, in a drilled and taper reamed hole in each
of the diagonally opposite feet near the anchor bolt. Dowels shall not be
installed until after the final alignment, immediately prior to start-up, has
been completed.
The Contractor shall remove any beams, bracing, etc., which interfere with
erection of equipment and shall reinstall all components so removed immediately
after erection of the equipment. The Contractor shall install any temporary
supports requlred to permit erection of equipment.
Openings for access into the building shall be made' and closed by the
Contractor.
The Contractor must furnish, install, and dismantle any temporary access
platforms that he deems necessary to erect the equipment.
All drives involving two or more items of equipment and a motor, shall
generally be installed in a sequence in which the motor is installed last. This
sequence is mandatory in cases involving a direct-connected motor drive. All
items shall be in place and aligned prior to grouting.
Spare parts and maintenance tools furnished with equipment shall not be used
for installation work, and shall be turned in to the RPR.
GROUTING:
All grouting of equipment and machinery shall be done by Contractor with plain,
Embeco or LL636 grout or equal as specified by the RPR.
Materials shall be the following:
Portland cement, ASTM C1S0-67, Type 1.
Water, potable.
0603-00_ T22 Equipment Erection~doc
'ZEL, 'ENGINEERS
T22-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T22
EQUIPMENT ERECTION
Non-shrink grout. Embeco (pre-mixed) or LL636 (pre-mixed) by Master
Builders or equal shall be used.
Sand, ASTM C33-64.
Coarse Aggregate, ASTM C33-64, Size No. 8 (3/8 in. to No.8) .
Forms for grout shall be properly designed and constructed to hold grout in
position, without leakage until the cement has set up. Form plank shall be
dressed and of uniform thickness, tongue and grooved sufficiently tight to
prevent the loss of mortar.
Plywood or metal forms, approved by the RPR, may be used at the Contractor's
option.
Exposed edges shall have chamfer as directed.
All necessary ties, wires, braces, etc., required to properly align the forms,
shall be furnished by the Contractor.
Grout
mixer
RPR.
water
shall be mixed in a' mechanical mixer, either concrete mixer or mortar
type. For small amounts, hand mixing may be permitted if approved by the
Material shall be accurately measured by volume or by weight, with mixing
carefully measured.
Foundation surface shall be clean dense concrete, free from laitance, oil,
soaps, or other foreign material before placing grout. Surface of foundation
shall be chipped to remove deleterious material and expose aggregate. All
sand, paper, or other packing shall be removed by the Contractor from anchor
bol t sleeves before placing equipment. Surface to receive grout shall be
thoroughly wet ahead of grouting operation. All dirt and excess water shall be
removed by blowing with compressed air, or other means suitable to the RPR.
Any required chipping of foundations to prepare a satisfactory surface shall be
done prior to placing machinery by the Contractor.
Grouting of equipment, for which the manufacturer furnished equipment erection
supervision, shall be done when directed by and under the general supervision
of the manufacturer's erection supervisor.
Unless otherwise directed, grout shall fill the entire base and shall 'be
finished off smoothly and flush at the grout holes.
The following mixes shall be used to grout equipment as directed by the RPR:
No. 1 Mix - Plain mix (by weight) to be used for grouting two inches thick
and less and shall consist of one part cement and one and one-half parts
sand.
No. 2 Mix - Plain mix (by weight) shall be used for grouting over two
inches thick, and shall consist of one part cement and one and one-half
parts sand.
0603-00 T22 Equipment Erection.doc
T22-3
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTIONT22
EQUIPMENT ERECTION
No. 3 Mix - Embeco Mix (pre-mixed) 'shall be used only where specified and
shall be prepared in strict compliance with the recommendations of the
Master Builuers Company.
No. 4 Mix - LL636 (pre-mixed) shall be used only where specified and shall
be prepared in strict compliance with the recommendations of the Master
Builders Company.
Any equipment that is required to be grouted with Embeco or LL636 by the
manufacturer or manufacturer's erection supervisor shall be grouted with same
unless otherwise changed by the RPR.
Add just enough water to make a placeable mix. Mix shall be stiff and rammed
into place unless otherwise instructed by the RPR or manufacturer I s erection
supervisor. Where thick grout (over 3") is to be placed, it shall be done in
two operations, bringing the surface up to about 1" of the machinery base and
allowing the initial section to set a minimum of 24 hours before placing final
grouting.
Where edge or surface of Embeco grout will be exposed, cut back 3/4 inch
minimum, and finish with plain Portland cement mortar (No. 1 Mix) .
INSTALLATION OF CHAIN OR BELT DRIVEN EQUIPMENT:
Direction and speed of rotation of driving shafts and motors shall be checked
before connecting to driven shafts. Driving shafts having axial end play, such
as those of motor and certain other equipment, shall be run at operating speed;
and the running position shall be marked, using chalk and scriber or other
similar method. The shafts shall be blocked in this position while aligning
the equipment.
Shaft leveling shall be by use of a machinist's (Starrett #98, or equivalent)
level on bare shafts, across the teeth of multiple width sprockets, or across
the outer faces of sheaves.
Angular alignment and end clearance shall be checked by use of a feeler gauge
of proper thickness inserted at four equally spaced points, 900 apart, around
the outer edges of coupling halves.
Rechecks shall be made for level, radial, and angular alignment and end
clearance in the same order as originally made and readjustments made until all
four are in satisfactory adjustment, since any readjustment of one of the above
may destroy prior readjustment of another. Final recheck shall be made with
dial indicators of high accuracy, or optical equipment approved by the
Engineer.
INSTALLATION OF DIRECT DRIVEN EQUIPMENT:
Direction and speed of rotation of driving shafts and motors shall be checked
before connecting to driven shafts. Driving shafts having axial end play, such
as those of motors and certain other equipment, shall be run at operating
speed; and the running position shall be marked, using chalk and scriber or
other similar method. The shafts shall be blocked in this position while
aligning the equipment.
0603-00 T22 Equipment Erection.doc
T22-4
'ZEL, ENGINEERS ,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION T22
EQUIPMENT ERECTION
Shaft leveling shall be by use of a machinist's (Starrett #98, or equivalent)
level placed across the faces of the two coupling halves. Radial alignment
shall be checked at the same time by use of a straight edge placed across the
faces of the two coupling halves in both the horizontal and vertical planes.
Angular alignment and end clearance shall be checked by use of a feeler gauge
of proper thickness inserted at four equally spaced points, 900 apart, around
the outer edges of coupling halves.
Rechecks shall be made for level, radial, and angular alignment and end
clearance in the same order as originally made and readjustments made until all
four are in satisfactory adjustment, since any readjustment of one of the above
may destroy prior readjustment of another. Final recheck shall be made with
dial indicators of high accuracy.
TEST RUN:
Before starting an item of equipment for the first time, all of the following
shall be performed:
Direction and speed of rotation shall be checked.
Removal of all shaft blocks used for blocking shafts in running position during
installation.
Lubrication of all parts with manufacturer's recommended grade and quantity of
lubricant, and under the Owner's supervision.
Tightening of all bolts and capscrews.
Torch trim' bolt projections to approximately 1/8 inch above nut, and grind
smooth.
When ready to start, and before applying power, the connected equipment shall
be rotated manually, if possible, to make sure that the rotating parts move
freely and that there are no foreign objects in the equipment. Otherwise, a
thorough visual inspection shall be made.
Start-up and test run shall be conducted in the presence of the Resident
Project Representative.
Upon completion of test run and after all final corrections have been made, and
wherever applicable, the equipment base and grouted foundation plate shall be
doweled. Dowels shall be in place before placing the equipment in operation.
In addition, torch trim bolt projections to approximately 1/8 inch above nut.
The equipment supplier shall provide a qualified "equipment technician (s)" at
the job site who is knowledgeable and competent with all aspects of the
equipment and the particular application required of the equipment. Such an
individual(s) is to have demonstrated competence in the following areas:
Equipment erection, installation, and tie-ins.
Equipment operation.
0603-00 T22 Equipment Erection.doc
T22-5
'ZEL, ENGINEERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'.:=:::- .
SECTION T22
EQUIPMENT ERECTION
Equipment maintenance.
Equipment trouble-shooting, problem analysis and problem correction.
Since the installation and start-up of
manner and according to schedule, the
available at the job site when scheduled
personnel.
equipment must proceed in an orderly
"equipment technician(s)" is to be
and is expected to cooperate with all
Trials shall be run in the presence of the RPR and shall be conducted in such a
way and to such an extent to demonstrate to the RPR that all provisions of the
equipment specifications have been complied with in full.
All results from tests, trials, and final acceptance tests shall be documented
and turned over to the RPR as required by the RPR.
TAGS:
All equipment shall
tags (not painted)
equipment.
be provided with stainless. steel equipment identification
showing equipment number, permanently attached to the
Information Required:
Information on the equipment tag is to include equipment identification,
equipment size, basic operating characteristics; such as RPM, GPM, HP, volts,
amperes, full load efficiency and any other information pertinent to the use
and operation of the equipment.
PAYMENT:
Payment for all items covered by this section of the specifications shall be
paid in accordance with the bid item list. No other separate payment will be
made for the work by this section of the specifications and all costs in
connection therewith shall be included in the appropriate lump sum or unit
price in the bid list. All work not directly listed in the bid list shall be
considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor.
0603-00 T22 Equipment Erection.doc
T22-6
'ZEL, ENGINEERS,